This is gdb.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.8 from gdb.texinfo.

Copyright (C) 1988-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.

   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Gdb: (gdb).                     The GNU debugger.
* gdbserver: (gdb) Server.        The GNU debugging server.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY

   This file documents the GNU debugger GDB.

   This is the Tenth Edition, of 'Debugging with GDB: the GNU
Source-Level Debugger' for GDB (GDB) Version 16.1.

   Copyright (C) 1988-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.

   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."


File: gdb.info,  Node: Architecture-Specific Protocol Details,  Next: Tracepoint Packets,  Prev: General Query Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.6 Architecture-Specific Protocol Details
==========================================

This section describes how the remote protocol is applied to specific
target architectures.  Also see *note Standard Target Features::, for
details of XML target descriptions for each architecture.

* Menu:

* ARM-Specific Protocol Details::
* MIPS-Specific Protocol Details::


File: gdb.info,  Node: ARM-Specific Protocol Details,  Next: MIPS-Specific Protocol Details,  Up: Architecture-Specific Protocol Details

E.6.1 ARM-specific Protocol Details
-----------------------------------

* Menu:

* ARM Breakpoint Kinds::
* ARM Memory Tag Types::


File: gdb.info,  Node: ARM Breakpoint Kinds,  Next: ARM Memory Tag Types,  Up: ARM-Specific Protocol Details

E.6.1.1 ARM Breakpoint Kinds
............................

These breakpoint kinds are defined for the 'Z0' and 'Z1' packets.

2
     16-bit Thumb mode breakpoint.

3
     32-bit Thumb mode (Thumb-2) breakpoint.

4
     32-bit ARM mode breakpoint.


File: gdb.info,  Node: ARM Memory Tag Types,  Prev: ARM Breakpoint Kinds,  Up: ARM-Specific Protocol Details

E.6.1.2 ARM Memory Tag Types
............................

These memory tag types are defined for the 'qMemTag' and 'QMemTag'
packets.

0
     MTE logical tag

1
     MTE allocation tag


File: gdb.info,  Node: MIPS-Specific Protocol Details,  Prev: ARM-Specific Protocol Details,  Up: Architecture-Specific Protocol Details

E.6.2 MIPS-specific Protocol Details
------------------------------------

* Menu:

* MIPS Register packet Format::
* MIPS Breakpoint Kinds::


File: gdb.info,  Node: MIPS Register packet Format,  Next: MIPS Breakpoint Kinds,  Up: MIPS-Specific Protocol Details

E.6.2.1 MIPS Register Packet Format
...................................

The following 'g'/'G' packets have previously been defined.  In the
below, some thirty-two bit registers are transferred as sixty-four bits.
Those registers should be zero/sign extended (which?)  to fill the space
allocated.  Register bytes are transferred in target byte order.  The
two nibbles within a register byte are transferred most-significant -
least-significant.

MIPS32
     All registers are transferred as thirty-two bit quantities in the
     order: 32 general-purpose; sr; lo; hi; bad; cause; pc; 32
     floating-point registers; fsr; fir; fp.

MIPS64
     All registers are transferred as sixty-four bit quantities
     (including thirty-two bit registers such as 'sr').  The ordering is
     the same as 'MIPS32'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: MIPS Breakpoint Kinds,  Prev: MIPS Register packet Format,  Up: MIPS-Specific Protocol Details

E.6.2.2 MIPS Breakpoint Kinds
.............................

These breakpoint kinds are defined for the 'Z0' and 'Z1' packets.

2
     16-bit MIPS16 mode breakpoint.

3
     16-bit microMIPS mode breakpoint.

4
     32-bit standard MIPS mode breakpoint.

5
     32-bit microMIPS mode breakpoint.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Tracepoint Packets,  Next: Host I/O Packets,  Prev: Architecture-Specific Protocol Details,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.7 Tracepoint Packets
======================

Here we describe the packets GDB uses to implement tracepoints (*note
Tracepoints::).

'QTDP:N:ADDR:ENA:STEP:PASS[:FFLEN][:XLEN,BYTES][-]'
     Create a new tracepoint, number N, at ADDR.  If ENA is 'E', then
     the tracepoint is enabled; if it is 'D', then the tracepoint is
     disabled.  The STEP gives the tracepoint's step count, and PASS
     gives its pass count.  If an 'F' is present, then the tracepoint is
     to be a fast tracepoint, and the FLEN is the number of bytes that
     the target should copy elsewhere to make room for the tracepoint.
     If an 'X' is present, it introduces a tracepoint condition, which
     consists of a hexadecimal length, followed by a comma and
     hex-encoded bytes, in a manner similar to action encodings as
     described below.  If the trailing '-' is present, further 'QTDP'
     packets will follow to specify this tracepoint's actions.

     Replies:
     'OK'
          The packet was understood and carried out.
     'qRelocInsn'
          *Note Relocate instruction reply packet: Tracepoint Packets.

'QTDP:-N:ADDR:[S]ACTION...[-]'
     Define actions to be taken when a tracepoint is hit.  The N and
     ADDR must be the same as in the initial 'QTDP' packet for this
     tracepoint.  This packet may only be sent immediately after another
     'QTDP' packet that ended with a '-'.  If the trailing '-' is
     present, further 'QTDP' packets will follow, specifying more
     actions for this tracepoint.

     In the series of action packets for a given tracepoint, at most one
     can have an 'S' before its first ACTION.  If such a packet is sent,
     it and the following packets define "while-stepping" actions.  Any
     prior packets define ordinary actions -- that is, those taken when
     the tracepoint is first hit.  If no action packet has an 'S', then
     all the packets in the series specify ordinary tracepoint actions.

     The 'ACTION...' portion of the packet is a series of actions,
     concatenated without separators.  Each action has one of the
     following forms:

     'R MASK'
          Collect the registers whose bits are set in MASK, a
          hexadecimal number whose I'th bit is set if register number I
          should be collected.  (The least significant bit is numbered
          zero.)  Note that MASK may be any number of digits long; it
          may not fit in a 32-bit word.

     'M BASEREG,OFFSET,LEN'
          Collect LEN bytes of memory starting at the address in
          register number BASEREG, plus OFFSET.  If BASEREG is '-1',
          then the range has a fixed address: OFFSET is the address of
          the lowest byte to collect.  The BASEREG, OFFSET, and LEN
          parameters are all unsigned hexadecimal values (the '-1' value
          for BASEREG is a special case).

     'X LEN,EXPR'
          Evaluate EXPR, whose length is LEN, and collect memory as it
          directs.  The agent expression EXPR is as described in *note
          Agent Expressions::.  Each byte of the expression is encoded
          as a two-digit hex number in the packet; LEN is the number of
          bytes in the expression (and thus one-half the number of hex
          digits in the packet).

     Any number of actions may be packed together in a single 'QTDP'
     packet, as long as the packet does not exceed the maximum packet
     length (400 bytes, for many stubs).  There may be only one 'R'
     action per tracepoint, and it must precede any 'M' or 'X' actions.
     Any registers referred to by 'M' and 'X' actions must be collected
     by a preceding 'R' action.  (The "while-stepping" actions are
     treated as if they were attached to a separate tracepoint, as far
     as these restrictions are concerned.)

     Replies:
     'OK'
          The packet was understood and carried out.
     'qRelocInsn'
          *Note Relocate instruction reply packet: Tracepoint Packets.

'QTDPsrc:N:ADDR:TYPE:START:SLEN:BYTES'
     Specify a source string of tracepoint N at address ADDR.  This is
     useful to get accurate reproduction of the tracepoints originally
     downloaded at the beginning of the trace run.  The TYPE is the name
     of the tracepoint part, such as 'cond' for the tracepoint's
     conditional expression (see below for a list of types), while BYTES
     is the string, encoded in hexadecimal.

     START is the offset of the BYTES within the overall source string,
     while SLEN is the total length of the source string.  This is
     intended for handling source strings that are longer than will fit
     in a single packet.

     The available string types are 'at' for the location, 'cond' for
     the conditional, and 'cmd' for an action command.  GDB sends a
     separate packet for each command in the action list, in the same
     order in which the commands are stored in the list.

     The target does not need to do anything with source strings except
     report them back as part of the replies to the 'qTfP'/'qTsP' query
     packets.

     Although this packet is optional, and GDB will only send it if the
     target replies with 'TracepointSource' *Note General Query
     Packets::, it makes both disconnected tracing and trace files much
     easier to use.  Otherwise the user must be careful that the
     tracepoints in effect while looking at trace frames are identical
     to the ones in effect during the trace run; even a small
     discrepancy could cause 'tdump' not to work, or a particular trace
     frame not be found.

'QTDV:N:VALUE:BUILTIN:NAME'
     Create a new trace state variable, number N, with an initial value
     of VALUE, which is a 64-bit signed integer.  Both N and VALUE are
     encoded as hexadecimal values.  GDB has the option of not using
     this packet for initial values of zero; the target should simply
     create the trace state variables as they are mentioned in
     expressions.  The value BUILTIN should be 1 (one) if the trace
     state variable is builtin and 0 (zero) if it is not builtin.  GDB
     only sets BUILTIN to 1 if a previous 'qTfV' or 'qTsV' packet had it
     set.  The contents of NAME is the hex-encoded name (without the
     leading '$') of the trace state variable.

'QTFrame:N'
     Select the N'th tracepoint frame from the buffer, and use the
     register and memory contents recorded there to answer subsequent
     request packets from GDB.

     A successful reply from the stub indicates that the stub has found
     the requested frame.  The response is a series of parts,
     concatenated without separators, describing the frame we selected.
     Each part has one of the following forms:

     'F F'
          The selected frame is number N in the trace frame buffer; F is
          a hexadecimal number.  If F is '-1', then there was no frame
          matching the criteria in the request packet.

     'T T'
          The selected trace frame records a hit of tracepoint number T;
          T is a hexadecimal number.

'QTFrame:pc:ADDR'
     Like 'QTFrame:N', but select the first tracepoint frame after the
     currently selected frame whose PC is ADDR; ADDR is a hexadecimal
     number.

'QTFrame:tdp:T'
     Like 'QTFrame:N', but select the first tracepoint frame after the
     currently selected frame that is a hit of tracepoint T; T is a
     hexadecimal number.

'QTFrame:range:START:END'
     Like 'QTFrame:N', but select the first tracepoint frame after the
     currently selected frame whose PC is between START (inclusive) and
     END (inclusive); START and END are hexadecimal numbers.

'QTFrame:outside:START:END'
     Like 'QTFrame:range:START:END', but select the first frame
     _outside_ the given range of addresses (exclusive).

'qTMinFTPILen'
     This packet requests the minimum length of instruction at which a
     fast tracepoint (*note Set Tracepoints::) may be placed.  For
     instance, on the 32-bit x86 architecture, it is possible to use a
     4-byte jump, but it depends on the target system being able to
     create trampolines in the first 64K of memory, which might or might
     not be possible for that system.  So the reply to this packet will
     be 4 if it is able to arrange for that.

     Replies:

     '0'
          The minimum instruction length is currently unknown.
     'LENGTH'
          The minimum instruction length is LENGTH, where LENGTH is a
          hexadecimal number greater or equal to 1.  A reply of 1 means
          that a fast tracepoint may be placed on any instruction
          regardless of size.
     'E'
          An error has occurred.

'QTStart'
     Begin the tracepoint experiment.  Begin collecting data from
     tracepoint hits in the trace frame buffer.  This packet supports
     the 'qRelocInsn' reply (*note Relocate instruction reply packet:
     Tracepoint Packets.).

'QTStop'
     End the tracepoint experiment.  Stop collecting trace frames.

'QTEnable:N:ADDR'
     Enable tracepoint N at address ADDR in a started tracepoint
     experiment.  If the tracepoint was previously disabled, then
     collection of data from it will resume.

'QTDisable:N:ADDR'
     Disable tracepoint N at address ADDR in a started tracepoint
     experiment.  No more data will be collected from the tracepoint
     unless 'QTEnable:N:ADDR' is subsequently issued.

'QTinit'
     Clear the table of tracepoints, and empty the trace frame buffer.

'QTro:START1,END1:START2,END2:...'
     Establish the given ranges of memory as "transparent".  The stub
     will answer requests for these ranges from memory's current
     contents, if they were not collected as part of the tracepoint hit.

     GDB uses this to mark read-only regions of memory, like those
     containing program code.  Since these areas never change, they
     should still have the same contents they did when the tracepoint
     was hit, so there's no reason for the stub to refuse to provide
     their contents.

'QTDisconnected:VALUE'
     Set the choice to what to do with the tracing run when GDB
     disconnects from the target.  A VALUE of 1 directs the target to
     continue the tracing run, while 0 tells the target to stop tracing
     if GDB is no longer in the picture.

'qTStatus'
     Ask the stub if there is a trace experiment running right now.

     The reply has the form:

     'TRUNNING[;FIELD]...'
          RUNNING is a single digit '1' if the trace is presently
          running, or '0' if not.  It is followed by semicolon-separated
          optional fields that an agent may use to report additional
          status.

     If the trace is not running, the agent may report any of several
     explanations as one of the optional fields:

     'tnotrun:0'
          No trace has been run yet.

     'tstop[:TEXT]:0'
          The trace was stopped by a user-originated stop command.  The
          optional TEXT field is a user-supplied string supplied as part
          of the stop command (for instance, an explanation of why the
          trace was stopped manually).  It is hex-encoded.

     'tfull:0'
          The trace stopped because the trace buffer filled up.

     'tdisconnected:0'
          The trace stopped because GDB disconnected from the target.

     'tpasscount:TPNUM'
          The trace stopped because tracepoint TPNUM exceeded its pass
          count.

     'terror:TEXT:TPNUM'
          The trace stopped because tracepoint TPNUM had an error.  The
          string TEXT is available to describe the nature of the error
          (for instance, a divide by zero in the condition expression);
          it is hex encoded.

     'tunknown:0'
          The trace stopped for some other reason.

     Additional optional fields supply statistical and other
     information.  Although not required, they are extremely useful for
     users monitoring the progress of a trace run.  If a trace has
     stopped, and these numbers are reported, they must reflect the
     state of the just-stopped trace.

     'tframes:N'
          The number of trace frames in the buffer.

     'tcreated:N'
          The total number of trace frames created during the run.  This
          may be larger than the trace frame count, if the buffer is
          circular.

     'tsize:N'
          The total size of the trace buffer, in bytes.

     'tfree:N'
          The number of bytes still unused in the buffer.

     'circular:N'
          The value of the circular trace buffer flag.  '1' means that
          the trace buffer is circular and old trace frames will be
          discarded if necessary to make room, '0' means that the trace
          buffer is linear and may fill up.

     'disconn:N'
          The value of the disconnected tracing flag.  '1' means that
          tracing will continue after GDB disconnects, '0' means that
          the trace run will stop.

'qTP:TP:ADDR'
     Ask the stub for the current state of tracepoint number TP at
     address ADDR.

     Replies:
     'VHITS:USAGE'
          The tracepoint has been hit HITS times so far during the trace
          run, and accounts for USAGE in the trace buffer.  Note that
          'while-stepping' steps are not counted as separate hits, but
          the steps' space consumption is added into the usage number.

'qTV:VAR'
     Ask the stub for the value of the trace state variable number VAR.

     Replies:
     'VVALUE'
          The value of the variable is VALUE.  This will be the current
          value of the variable if the user is examining a running
          target, or a saved value if the variable was collected in the
          trace frame that the user is looking at.  Note that multiple
          requests may result in different reply values, such as when
          requesting values while the program is running.

     'U'
          The value of the variable is unknown.  This would occur, for
          example, if the user is examining a trace frame in which the
          requested variable was not collected.

'qTfP'
'qTsP'
     These packets request data about tracepoints that are being used by
     the target.  GDB sends 'qTfP' to get the first piece of data, and
     multiple 'qTsP' to get additional pieces.  Replies to these packets
     generally take the form of the 'QTDP' packets that define
     tracepoints.  (FIXME add detailed syntax)

'qTfV'
'qTsV'
     These packets request data about trace state variables that are on
     the target.  GDB sends 'qTfV' to get the first vari of data, and
     multiple 'qTsV' to get additional variables.  Replies to these
     packets follow the syntax of the 'QTDV' packets that define trace
     state variables.

'qTfSTM'
'qTsSTM'
     These packets request data about static tracepoint markers that
     exist in the target program.  GDB sends 'qTfSTM' to get the first
     piece of data, and multiple 'qTsSTM' to get additional pieces.
     Replies to these packets take the following form:

     Reply:
     'm ADDRESS:ID:EXTRA'
          A single marker
     'm ADDRESS:ID:EXTRA,ADDRESS:ID:EXTRA...'
          a comma-separated list of markers
     'l'
          (lower case letter 'L') denotes end of list.

     The ADDRESS is encoded in hex; ID and EXTRA are strings encoded in
     hex.

     In response to each query, the target will reply with a list of one
     or more markers, separated by commas.  GDB will respond to each
     reply with a request for more markers (using the 'qs' form of the
     query), until the target responds with 'l' (lower-case ell, for
     "last").

'qTSTMat:ADDRESS'
     This packets requests data about static tracepoint markers in the
     target program at ADDRESS.  Replies to this packet follow the
     syntax of the 'qTfSTM' and 'qTsSTM' packets that list static
     tracepoint markers.

'QTSave:FILENAME'
     This packet directs the target to save trace data to the file name
     FILENAME in the target's filesystem.  The FILENAME is encoded as a
     hex string; the interpretation of the file name (relative vs
     absolute, wild cards, etc) is up to the target.

'qTBuffer:OFFSET,LEN'
     Return up to LEN bytes of the current contents of trace buffer,
     starting at OFFSET.  The trace buffer is treated as if it were a
     contiguous collection of traceframes, as per the trace file format.
     The reply consists as many hex-encoded bytes as the target can
     deliver in a packet; it is not an error to return fewer than were
     asked for.  A reply consisting of just 'l' indicates that no bytes
     are available.

'QTBuffer:circular:VALUE'
     This packet directs the target to use a circular trace buffer if
     VALUE is 1, or a linear buffer if the value is 0.

'QTBuffer:size:SIZE'
     This packet directs the target to make the trace buffer be of size
     SIZE if possible.  A value of '-1' tells the target to use whatever
     size it prefers.

'QTNotes:[TYPE:TEXT][;TYPE:TEXT]...'
     This packet adds optional textual notes to the trace run.
     Allowable types include 'user', 'notes', and 'tstop', the TEXT
     fields are arbitrary strings, hex-encoded.

E.7.1 Relocate instruction reply packet
---------------------------------------

When installing fast tracepoints in memory, the target may need to
relocate the instruction currently at the tracepoint address to a
different address in memory.  For most instructions, a simple copy is
enough, but, for example, call instructions that implicitly push the
return address on the stack, and relative branches or other PC-relative
instructions require offset adjustment, so that the effect of executing
the instruction at a different address is the same as if it had executed
in the original location.

   In response to several of the tracepoint packets, the target may also
respond with a number of intermediate 'qRelocInsn' request packets
before the final result packet, to have GDB handle this relocation
operation.  If a packet supports this mechanism, its documentation will
explicitly say so.  See for example the above descriptions for the
'QTStart' and 'QTDP' packets.  The format of the request is:

'qRelocInsn:FROM;TO'

     This requests GDB to copy instruction at address FROM to address
     TO, possibly adjusted so that executing the instruction at TO has
     the same effect as executing it at FROM.  GDB writes the adjusted
     instruction to target memory starting at TO.

   Replies:
'qRelocInsn:ADJUSTED_SIZE'
     Informs the stub the relocation is complete.  The ADJUSTED_SIZE is
     the length in bytes of resulting relocated instruction sequence.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Host I/O Packets,  Next: Interrupts,  Prev: Tracepoint Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.8 Host I/O Packets
====================

The "Host I/O" packets allow GDB to perform I/O operations on the far
side of a remote link.  For example, Host I/O is used to upload and
download files to a remote target with its own filesystem.  Host I/O
uses the same constant values and data structure layout as the
target-initiated File-I/O protocol.  However, the Host I/O packets are
structured differently.  The target-initiated protocol relies on target
memory to store parameters and buffers.  Host I/O requests are initiated
by GDB, and the target's memory is not involved.  *Note File-I/O Remote
Protocol Extension::, for more details on the target-initiated protocol.

   The Host I/O request packets all encode a single operation along with
its arguments.  They have this format:

'vFile:OPERATION: PARAMETER...'
     OPERATION is the name of the particular request; the target should
     compare the entire packet name up to the second colon when checking
     for a supported operation.  The format of PARAMETER depends on the
     operation.  Numbers are always passed in hexadecimal.  Negative
     numbers have an explicit minus sign (i.e. two's complement is not
     used).  Strings (e.g. filenames) are encoded as a series of
     hexadecimal bytes.  The last argument to a system call may be a
     buffer of escaped binary data (*note Binary Data::).

   The valid responses to Host I/O packets are:

'F RESULT [, ERRNO] [; ATTACHMENT]'
     RESULT is the integer value returned by this operation, usually
     non-negative for success and -1 for errors.  If an error has
     occurred, ERRNO will be included in the result specifying a value
     defined by the File-I/O protocol (*note Errno Values::).  For
     operations which return data, ATTACHMENT supplies the data as a
     binary buffer.  Binary buffers in response packets are escaped in
     the normal way (*note Binary Data::).  See the individual packet
     documentation for the interpretation of RESULT and ATTACHMENT.

''
     An empty response indicates that this operation is not recognized.

   These are the supported Host I/O operations:

'vFile:open: FILENAME, FLAGS, MODE'
     Open a file at FILENAME and return a file descriptor for it, or
     return -1 if an error occurs.  The FILENAME is a string, FLAGS is
     an integer indicating a mask of open flags (*note Open Flags::),
     and MODE is an integer indicating a mask of mode bits to use if the
     file is created (*note mode_t Values::).  *Note open::, for details
     of the open flags and mode values.

'vFile:close: FD'
     Close the open file corresponding to FD and return 0, or -1 if an
     error occurs.

'vFile:pread: FD, COUNT, OFFSET'
     Read data from the open file corresponding to FD.  Up to COUNT
     bytes will be read from the file, starting at OFFSET relative to
     the start of the file.  The target may read fewer bytes; common
     reasons include packet size limits and an end-of-file condition.
     The number of bytes read is returned.  Zero should only be returned
     for a successful read at the end of the file, or if COUNT was zero.

     The data read should be returned as a binary attachment on success.
     If zero bytes were read, the response should include an empty
     binary attachment (i.e. a trailing semicolon).  The return value is
     the number of target bytes read; the binary attachment may be
     longer if some characters were escaped.

'vFile:pwrite: FD, OFFSET, DATA'
     Write DATA (a binary buffer) to the open file corresponding to FD.
     Start the write at OFFSET from the start of the file.  Unlike many
     'write' system calls, there is no separate COUNT argument; the
     length of DATA in the packet is used.  'vFile:pwrite' returns the
     number of bytes written, which may be shorter than the length of
     DATA, or -1 if an error occurred.

'vFile:fstat: FD'
     Get information about the open file corresponding to FD.  On
     success the information is returned as a binary attachment and the
     return value is the size of this attachment in bytes.  If an error
     occurs the return value is -1.  The format of the returned binary
     attachment is as described in *note struct stat::.

'vFile:stat: FILENAME'
     Get information about the file FILENAME on the target.  On success
     the information is returned as a binary attachment and the return
     value is the size of this attachment in bytes.  If an error occurs
     the return value is -1.  The format of the returned binary
     attachment is as described in *note struct stat::.

'vFile:unlink: FILENAME'
     Delete the file at FILENAME on the target.  Return 0, or -1 if an
     error occurs.  The FILENAME is a string.

'vFile:readlink: FILENAME'
     Read value of symbolic link FILENAME on the target.  Return the
     number of bytes read, or -1 if an error occurs.

     The data read should be returned as a binary attachment on success.
     If zero bytes were read, the response should include an empty
     binary attachment (i.e. a trailing semicolon).  The return value is
     the number of target bytes read; the binary attachment may be
     longer if some characters were escaped.

'vFile:setfs: PID'
     Select the filesystem on which 'vFile' operations with FILENAME
     arguments will operate.  This is required for GDB to be able to
     access files on remote targets where the remote stub does not share
     a common filesystem with the inferior(s).

     If PID is nonzero, select the filesystem as seen by process PID.
     If PID is zero, select the filesystem as seen by the remote stub.
     Return 0 on success, or -1 if an error occurs.  If 'vFile:setfs:'
     indicates success, the selected filesystem remains selected until
     the next successful 'vFile:setfs:' operation.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Interrupts,  Next: Notification Packets,  Prev: Host I/O Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.9 Interrupts
==============

In all-stop mode, when a program on the remote target is running, GDB
may attempt to interrupt it by sending a 'Ctrl-C', 'BREAK' or a 'BREAK'
followed by 'g', control of which is specified via GDB's
'interrupt-sequence'.

   The precise meaning of 'BREAK' is defined by the transport mechanism
and may, in fact, be undefined.  GDB does not currently define a 'BREAK'
mechanism for any of the network interfaces except for TCP, in which
case GDB sends the 'telnet' BREAK sequence.

   'Ctrl-C', on the other hand, is defined and implemented for all
transport mechanisms.  It is represented by sending the single byte
'0x03' without any of the usual packet overhead described in the
Overview section (*note Overview::).  When a '0x03' byte is transmitted
as part of a packet, it is considered to be packet data and does _not_
represent an interrupt.  E.g., an 'X' packet (*note X packet::), used
for binary downloads, may include an unescaped '0x03' as part of its
packet.

   'BREAK' followed by 'g' is also known as Magic SysRq g.  When Linux
kernel receives this sequence from serial port, it stops execution and
connects to gdb.

   In non-stop mode, because packet resumptions are asynchronous (*note
vCont packet::), GDB is always free to send a remote command to the
remote stub, even when the target is running.  For that reason, GDB
instead sends a regular packet (*note vCtrlC packet::) with the usual
packet framing instead of the single byte '0x03'.

   Stubs are not required to recognize these interrupt mechanisms and
the precise meaning associated with receipt of the interrupt is
implementation defined.  If the target supports debugging of multiple
threads and/or processes, it should attempt to interrupt all
currently-executing threads and processes.  If the stub is successful at
interrupting the running program, it should send one of the stop reply
packets (*note Stop Reply Packets::) to GDB as a result of successfully
stopping the program in all-stop mode, and a stop reply for each stopped
thread in non-stop mode.  Interrupts received while the program is
stopped are queued and the program will be interrupted when it is
resumed next time.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Notification Packets,  Next: Remote Non-Stop,  Prev: Interrupts,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.10 Notification Packets
=========================

The GDB remote serial protocol includes "notifications", packets that
require no acknowledgment.  Both the GDB and the stub may send
notifications (although the only notifications defined at present are
sent by the stub).  Notifications carry information without incurring
the round-trip latency of an acknowledgment, and so are useful for
low-impact communications where occasional packet loss is not a problem.

   A notification packet has the form '% DATA # CHECKSUM', where DATA is
the content of the notification, and CHECKSUM is a checksum of DATA,
computed and formatted as for ordinary GDB packets.  A notification's
DATA never contains '$', '%' or '#' characters.  Upon receiving a
notification, the recipient sends no '+' or '-' to acknowledge the
notification's receipt or to report its corruption.

   Every notification's DATA begins with a name, which contains no colon
characters, followed by a colon character.

   Recipients should silently ignore corrupted notifications and
notifications they do not understand.  Recipients should restart timeout
periods on receipt of a well-formed notification, whether or not they
understand it.

   Senders should only send the notifications described here when this
protocol description specifies that they are permitted.  In the future,
we may extend the protocol to permit existing notifications in new
contexts; this rule helps older senders avoid confusing newer
recipients.

   (Older versions of GDB ignore bytes received until they see the '$'
byte that begins an ordinary packet, so new stubs may transmit
notifications without fear of confusing older clients.  There are no
notifications defined for GDB to send at the moment, but we assume that
most older stubs would ignore them, as well.)

   Each notification is comprised of three parts:
'NAME:EVENT'
     The notification packet is sent by the side that initiates the
     exchange (currently, only the stub does that), with EVENT carrying
     the specific information about the notification, and NAME
     specifying the name of the notification.
'ACK'
     The acknowledge sent by the other side, usually GDB, to acknowledge
     the exchange and request the event.

   The purpose of an asynchronous notification mechanism is to report to
GDB that something interesting happened in the remote stub.

   The remote stub may send notification NAME:EVENT at any time, but GDB
acknowledges the notification when appropriate.  The notification event
is pending before GDB acknowledges.  Only one notification at a time may
be pending; if additional events occur before GDB has acknowledged the
previous notification, they must be queued by the stub for later
synchronous transmission in response to ACK packets from GDB.  Because
the notification mechanism is unreliable, the stub is permitted to
resend a notification if it believes GDB may not have received it.

   Specifically, notifications may appear when GDB is not otherwise
reading input from the stub, or when GDB is expecting to read a normal
synchronous response or a '+'/'-' acknowledgment to a packet it has
sent.  Notification packets are distinct from any other communication
from the stub so there is no ambiguity.

   After receiving a notification, GDB shall acknowledge it by sending a
ACK packet as a regular, synchronous request to the stub.  Such
acknowledgment is not required to happen immediately, as GDB is
permitted to send other, unrelated packets to the stub first, which the
stub should process normally.

   Upon receiving a ACK packet, if the stub has other queued events to
report to GDB, it shall respond by sending a normal EVENT.  GDB shall
then send another ACK packet to solicit further responses; again, it is
permitted to send other, unrelated packets as well which the stub should
process normally.

   If the stub receives a ACK packet and there are no additional EVENT
to report, the stub shall return an 'OK' response.  At this point, GDB
has finished processing a notification and the stub has completed
sending any queued events.  GDB won't accept any new notifications until
the final 'OK' is received .  If further notification events occur, the
stub shall send a new notification, GDB shall accept the notification,
and the process shall be repeated.

   The process of asynchronous notification can be illustrated by the
following example:
     <- %Stop:T0505:98e7ffbf;04:4ce6ffbf;08:b1b6e54c;thread:p7526.7526;core:0;
     ...
     -> vStopped
     <- T0505:68f37db7;04:40f37db7;08:63850408;thread:p7526.7528;core:0;
     -> vStopped
     <- T0505:68e3fdb6;04:40e3fdb6;08:63850408;thread:p7526.7529;core:0;
     -> vStopped
     <- OK

   The following notifications are defined:

NotificationAck     Event                       Description
                                                
Stop      vStopped  REPLY.  The REPLY has the   Report an asynchronous
                    form of a stop reply, as    stop event in non-stop
                    described in                mode.
                    *note Stop Reply Packets::. 
                    Refer to
                    *note Remote Non-Stop::,
                    for information on how
                    these notifications are
                    acknowledged by GDB.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Remote Non-Stop,  Next: Packet Acknowledgment,  Prev: Notification Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.11 Remote Protocol Support for Non-Stop Mode
==============================================

GDB's remote protocol supports non-stop debugging of multi-threaded
programs, as described in *note Non-Stop Mode::.  If the stub supports
non-stop mode, it should report that to GDB by including 'QNonStop+' in
its 'qSupported' response (*note qSupported::).

   GDB typically sends a 'QNonStop' packet only when establishing a new
connection with the stub.  Entering non-stop mode does not alter the
state of any currently-running threads, but targets must stop all
threads in any already-attached processes when entering all-stop mode.
GDB uses the '?' packet as necessary to probe the target state after a
mode change.

   In non-stop mode, when an attached process encounters an event that
would otherwise be reported with a stop reply, it uses the asynchronous
notification mechanism (*note Notification Packets::) to inform GDB.  In
contrast to all-stop mode, where all threads in all processes are
stopped when a stop reply is sent, in non-stop mode only the thread
reporting the stop event is stopped.  That is, when reporting a 'S' or
'T' response to indicate completion of a step operation, hitting a
breakpoint, or a fault, only the affected thread is stopped; any other
still-running threads continue to run.  When reporting a 'W' or 'X'
response, all running threads belonging to other attached processes
continue to run.

   In non-stop mode, the target shall respond to the '?' packet as
follows.  First, any incomplete stop reply notification/'vStopped'
sequence in progress is abandoned.  The target must begin a new sequence
reporting stop events for all stopped threads, whether or not it has
previously reported those events to GDB.  The first stop reply is sent
as a synchronous reply to the '?' packet, and subsequent stop replies
are sent as responses to 'vStopped' packets using the mechanism
described above.  The target must not send asynchronous stop reply
notifications until the sequence is complete.  If all threads are
running when the target receives the '?' packet, or if the target is not
attached to any process, it shall respond 'OK'.

   If the stub supports non-stop mode, it should also support the
'swbreak' stop reason if software breakpoints are supported, and the
'hwbreak' stop reason if hardware breakpoints are supported (*note
swbreak stop reason::).  This is because given the asynchronous nature
of non-stop mode, between the time a thread hits a breakpoint and the
time the event is finally processed by GDB, the breakpoint may have
already been removed from the target.  Due to this, GDB needs to be able
to tell whether a trap stop was caused by a delayed breakpoint event,
which should be ignored, as opposed to a random trap signal, which
should be reported to the user.  Note the 'swbreak' feature implies that
the target is responsible for adjusting the PC when a software
breakpoint triggers, if necessary, such as on the x86 architecture.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Packet Acknowledgment,  Next: Examples,  Prev: Remote Non-Stop,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.12 Packet Acknowledgment
==========================

By default, when either the host or the target machine receives a
packet, the first response expected is an acknowledgment: either '+' (to
indicate the package was received correctly) or '-' (to request
retransmission).  This mechanism allows the GDB remote protocol to
operate over unreliable transport mechanisms, such as a serial line.

   In cases where the transport mechanism is itself reliable (such as a
pipe or TCP connection), the '+'/'-' acknowledgments are redundant.  It
may be desirable to disable them in that case to reduce communication
overhead, or for other reasons.  This can be accomplished by means of
the 'QStartNoAckMode' packet; *note QStartNoAckMode::.

   When in no-acknowledgment mode, neither the stub nor GDB shall send
or expect '+'/'-' protocol acknowledgments.  The packet and response
format still includes the normal checksum, as described in *note
Overview::, but the checksum may be ignored by the receiver.

   If the stub supports 'QStartNoAckMode' and prefers to operate in
no-acknowledgment mode, it should report that to GDB by including
'QStartNoAckMode+' in its response to 'qSupported'; *note qSupported::.
If GDB also supports 'QStartNoAckMode' and it has not been disabled via
the 'set remote noack-packet off' command (*note Remote
Configuration::), GDB may then send a 'QStartNoAckMode' packet to the
stub.  Only then may the stub actually turn off packet acknowledgments.
GDB sends a final '+' acknowledgment of the stub's 'OK' response, which
can be safely ignored by the stub.

   Note that 'set remote noack-packet' command only affects negotiation
between GDB and the stub when subsequent connections are made; it does
not affect the protocol acknowledgment state for any current connection.
Since '+'/'-' acknowledgments are enabled by default when a new
connection is established, there is also no protocol request to
re-enable the acknowledgments for the current connection, once disabled.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Examples,  Next: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension,  Prev: Packet Acknowledgment,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.13 Examples
=============

Example sequence of a target being re-started.  Notice how the restart
does not get any direct output:

     -> R00
     <- +
     _target restarts_
     -> ?
     <- +
     <- T001:1234123412341234
     -> +

   Example sequence of a target being stepped by a single instruction:

     -> G1445...
     <- +
     -> s
     <- +
     _time passes_
     <- T001:1234123412341234
     -> +
     -> g
     <- +
     <- 1455...
     -> +


File: gdb.info,  Node: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension,  Next: Library List Format,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.14 File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
=======================================

* Menu:

* File-I/O Overview::
* Protocol Basics::
* The F Request Packet::
* The F Reply Packet::
* The Ctrl-C Message::
* Console I/O::
* List of Supported Calls::
* Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes::
* Constants::
* File-I/O Examples::


File: gdb.info,  Node: File-I/O Overview,  Next: Protocol Basics,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.1 File-I/O Overview
------------------------

The "File I/O remote protocol extension" (short: File-I/O) allows the
target to use the host's file system and console I/O to perform various
system calls.  System calls on the target system are translated into a
remote protocol packet to the host system, which then performs the
needed actions and returns a response packet to the target system.  This
simulates file system operations even on targets that lack file systems.

   The protocol is defined to be independent of both the host and target
systems.  It uses its own internal representation of datatypes and
values.  Both GDB and the target's GDB stub are responsible for
translating the system-dependent value representations into the internal
protocol representations when data is transmitted.

   The communication is synchronous.  A system call is possible only
when GDB is waiting for a response from the 'C', 'c', 'S' or 's'
packets.  While GDB handles the request for a system call, the target is
stopped to allow deterministic access to the target's memory.  Therefore
File-I/O is not interruptible by target signals.  On the other hand, it
is possible to interrupt File-I/O by a user interrupt ('Ctrl-C') within
GDB.

   The target's request to perform a host system call does not finish
the latest 'C', 'c', 'S' or 's' action.  That means, after finishing the
system call, the target returns to continuing the previous activity
(continue, step).  No additional continue or step request from GDB is
required.

     (gdb) continue
       <- target requests 'system call X'
       target is stopped, GDB executes system call
       -> GDB returns result
       ... target continues, GDB returns to wait for the target
       <- target hits breakpoint and sends a Txx packet

   The protocol only supports I/O on the console and to regular files on
the host file system.  Character or block special devices, pipes, named
pipes, sockets or any other communication method on the host system are
not supported by this protocol.

   File I/O is not supported in non-stop mode.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Protocol Basics,  Next: The F Request Packet,  Prev: File-I/O Overview,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.2 Protocol Basics
----------------------

The File-I/O protocol uses the 'F' packet as the request as well as
reply packet.  Since a File-I/O system call can only occur when GDB is
waiting for a response from the continuing or stepping target, the
File-I/O request is a reply that GDB has to expect as a result of a
previous 'C', 'c', 'S' or 's' packet.  This 'F' packet contains all
information needed to allow GDB to call the appropriate host system
call:

   * A unique identifier for the requested system call.

   * All parameters to the system call.  Pointers are given as addresses
     in the target memory address space.  Pointers to strings are given
     as pointer/length pair.  Numerical values are given as they are.
     Numerical control flags are given in a protocol-specific
     representation.

   At this point, GDB has to perform the following actions.

   * If the parameters include pointer values to data needed as input to
     a system call, GDB requests this data from the target with a
     standard 'm' packet request.  This additional communication has to
     be expected by the target implementation and is handled as any
     other 'm' packet.

   * GDB translates all value from protocol representation to host
     representation as needed.  Datatypes are coerced into the host
     types.

   * GDB calls the system call.

   * It then coerces datatypes back to protocol representation.

   * If the system call is expected to return data in buffer space
     specified by pointer parameters to the call, the data is
     transmitted to the target using a 'M' or 'X' packet.  This packet
     has to be expected by the target implementation and is handled as
     any other 'M' or 'X' packet.

   Eventually GDB replies with another 'F' packet which contains all
necessary information for the target to continue.  This at least
contains

   * Return value.

   * 'errno', if has been changed by the system call.

   * "Ctrl-C" flag.

   After having done the needed type and value coercion, the target
continues the latest continue or step action.


File: gdb.info,  Node: The F Request Packet,  Next: The F Reply Packet,  Prev: Protocol Basics,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.3 The 'F' Request Packet
-----------------------------

The 'F' request packet has the following format:

'FCALL-ID,PARAMETER...'

     CALL-ID is the identifier to indicate the host system call to be
     called.  This is just the name of the function.

     PARAMETER... are the parameters to the system call.  Parameters are
     hexadecimal integer values, either the actual values in case of
     scalar datatypes, pointers to target buffer space in case of
     compound datatypes and unspecified memory areas, or pointer/length
     pairs in case of string parameters.  These are appended to the
     CALL-ID as a comma-delimited list.  All values are transmitted in
     ASCII string representation, pointer/length pairs separated by a
     slash.


File: gdb.info,  Node: The F Reply Packet,  Next: The Ctrl-C Message,  Prev: The F Request Packet,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.4 The 'F' Reply Packet
---------------------------

The 'F' reply packet has the following format:

'FRETCODE,ERRNO,CTRL-C FLAG;CALL-SPECIFIC ATTACHMENT'

     RETCODE is the return code of the system call as hexadecimal value.

     ERRNO is the 'errno' set by the call, in protocol-specific
     representation.  This parameter can be omitted if the call was
     successful.

     CTRL-C FLAG is only sent if the user requested a break.  In this
     case, ERRNO must be sent as well, even if the call was successful.
     The CTRL-C FLAG itself consists of the character 'C':

          F0,0,C

     or, if the call was interrupted before the host call has been
     performed:

          F-1,4,C

     assuming 4 is the protocol-specific representation of 'EINTR'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: The Ctrl-C Message,  Next: Console I/O,  Prev: The F Reply Packet,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.5 The 'Ctrl-C' Message
---------------------------

If the 'Ctrl-C' flag is set in the GDB reply packet (*note The F Reply
Packet::), the target should behave as if it had gotten a break message.
The meaning for the target is "system call interrupted by 'SIGINT'".
Consequently, the target should actually stop (as with a break message)
and return to GDB with a 'T02' packet.

   It's important for the target to know in which state the system call
was interrupted.  There are two possible cases:

   * The system call hasn't been performed on the host yet.

   * The system call on the host has been finished.

   These two states can be distinguished by the target by the value of
the returned 'errno'.  If it's the protocol representation of 'EINTR',
the system call hasn't been performed.  This is equivalent to the
'EINTR' handling on POSIX systems.  In any other case, the target may
presume that the system call has been finished -- successfully or not --
and should behave as if the break message arrived right after the system
call.

   GDB must behave reliably.  If the system call has not been called
yet, GDB may send the 'F' reply immediately, setting 'EINTR' as 'errno'
in the packet.  If the system call on the host has been finished before
the user requests a break, the full action must be finished by GDB.
This requires sending 'M' or 'X' packets as necessary.  The 'F' packet
may only be sent when either nothing has happened or the full action has
been completed.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Console I/O,  Next: List of Supported Calls,  Prev: The Ctrl-C Message,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.6 Console I/O
------------------

By default and if not explicitly closed by the target system, the file
descriptors 0, 1 and 2 are connected to the GDB console.  Output on the
GDB console is handled as any other file output operation ('write(1,
...)' or 'write(2, ...)').  Console input is handled by GDB so that
after the target read request from file descriptor 0 all following
typing is buffered until either one of the following conditions is met:

   * The user types 'Ctrl-c'.  The behavior is as explained above, and
     the 'read' system call is treated as finished.

   * The user presses <RET>.  This is treated as end of input with a
     trailing newline.

   * The user types 'Ctrl-d'.  This is treated as end of input.  No
     trailing character (neither newline nor 'Ctrl-D') is appended to
     the input.

   If the user has typed more characters than fit in the buffer given to
the 'read' call, the trailing characters are buffered in GDB until
either another 'read(0, ...)' is requested by the target, or debugging
is stopped at the user's request.


File: gdb.info,  Node: List of Supported Calls,  Next: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes,  Prev: Console I/O,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.7 List of Supported Calls
------------------------------

* Menu:

* open::
* close::
* read::
* write::
* lseek::
* rename::
* unlink::
* stat/fstat::
* gettimeofday::
* isatty::
* system::


File: gdb.info,  Node: open,  Next: close,  Up: List of Supported Calls

open
....

Synopsis:
          int open(const char *pathname, int flags);
          int open(const char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode);

Request:
     'Fopen,PATHPTR/LEN,FLAGS,MODE'

     FLAGS is the bitwise 'OR' of the following values:

     'O_CREAT'
          If the file does not exist it will be created.  The host rules
          apply as far as file ownership and time stamps are concerned.

     'O_EXCL'
          When used with 'O_CREAT', if the file already exists it is an
          error and open() fails.

     'O_TRUNC'
          If the file already exists and the open mode allows writing
          ('O_RDWR' or 'O_WRONLY' is given) it will be truncated to zero
          length.

     'O_APPEND'
          The file is opened in append mode.

     'O_RDONLY'
          The file is opened for reading only.

     'O_WRONLY'
          The file is opened for writing only.

     'O_RDWR'
          The file is opened for reading and writing.

     Other bits are silently ignored.

     MODE is the bitwise 'OR' of the following values:

     'S_IRUSR'
          User has read permission.

     'S_IWUSR'
          User has write permission.

     'S_IRGRP'
          Group has read permission.

     'S_IWGRP'
          Group has write permission.

     'S_IROTH'
          Others have read permission.

     'S_IWOTH'
          Others have write permission.

     Other bits are silently ignored.

Return value:
     'open' returns the new file descriptor or -1 if an error occurred.

Errors:

     'EEXIST'
          PATHNAME already exists and 'O_CREAT' and 'O_EXCL' were used.

     'EISDIR'
          PATHNAME refers to a directory.

     'EACCES'
          The requested access is not allowed.

     'ENAMETOOLONG'
          PATHNAME was too long.

     'ENOENT'
          A directory component in PATHNAME does not exist.

     'ENODEV'
          PATHNAME refers to a device, pipe, named pipe or socket.

     'EROFS'
          PATHNAME refers to a file on a read-only filesystem and write
          access was requested.

     'EFAULT'
          PATHNAME is an invalid pointer value.

     'ENOSPC'
          No space on device to create the file.

     'EMFILE'
          The process already has the maximum number of files open.

     'ENFILE'
          The limit on the total number of files open on the system has
          been reached.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: close,  Next: read,  Prev: open,  Up: List of Supported Calls

close
.....

Synopsis:
          int close(int fd);

Request:
     'Fclose,FD'

Return value:
     'close' returns zero on success, or -1 if an error occurred.

Errors:

     'EBADF'
          FD isn't a valid open file descriptor.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: read,  Next: write,  Prev: close,  Up: List of Supported Calls

read
....

Synopsis:
          int read(int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count);

Request:
     'Fread,FD,BUFPTR,COUNT'

Return value:
     On success, the number of bytes read is returned.  Zero indicates
     end of file.  If count is zero, read returns zero as well.  On
     error, -1 is returned.

Errors:

     'EBADF'
          FD is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for reading.

     'EFAULT'
          BUFPTR is an invalid pointer value.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: write,  Next: lseek,  Prev: read,  Up: List of Supported Calls

write
.....

Synopsis:
          int write(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count);

Request:
     'Fwrite,FD,BUFPTR,COUNT'

Return value:
     On success, the number of bytes written are returned.  Zero
     indicates nothing was written.  On error, -1 is returned.

Errors:

     'EBADF'
          FD is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for writing.

     'EFAULT'
          BUFPTR is an invalid pointer value.

     'EFBIG'
          An attempt was made to write a file that exceeds the
          host-specific maximum file size allowed.

     'ENOSPC'
          No space on device to write the data.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: lseek,  Next: rename,  Prev: write,  Up: List of Supported Calls

lseek
.....

Synopsis:
          long lseek (int fd, long offset, int flag);

Request:
     'Flseek,FD,OFFSET,FLAG'

     FLAG is one of:

     'SEEK_SET'
          The offset is set to OFFSET bytes.

     'SEEK_CUR'
          The offset is set to its current location plus OFFSET bytes.

     'SEEK_END'
          The offset is set to the size of the file plus OFFSET bytes.

Return value:
     On success, the resulting unsigned offset in bytes from the
     beginning of the file is returned.  Otherwise, a value of -1 is
     returned.

Errors:

     'EBADF'
          FD is not a valid open file descriptor.

     'ESPIPE'
          FD is associated with the GDB console.

     'EINVAL'
          FLAG is not a proper value.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: rename,  Next: unlink,  Prev: lseek,  Up: List of Supported Calls

rename
......

Synopsis:
          int rename(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath);

Request:
     'Frename,OLDPATHPTR/LEN,NEWPATHPTR/LEN'

Return value:
     On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.

Errors:

     'EISDIR'
          NEWPATH is an existing directory, but OLDPATH is not a
          directory.

     'EEXIST'
          NEWPATH is a non-empty directory.

     'EBUSY'
          OLDPATH or NEWPATH is a directory that is in use by some
          process.

     'EINVAL'
          An attempt was made to make a directory a subdirectory of
          itself.

     'ENOTDIR'
          A component used as a directory in OLDPATH or new path is not
          a directory.  Or OLDPATH is a directory and NEWPATH exists but
          is not a directory.

     'EFAULT'
          OLDPATHPTR or NEWPATHPTR are invalid pointer values.

     'EACCES'
          No access to the file or the path of the file.

     'ENAMETOOLONG'

          OLDPATH or NEWPATH was too long.

     'ENOENT'
          A directory component in OLDPATH or NEWPATH does not exist.

     'EROFS'
          The file is on a read-only filesystem.

     'ENOSPC'
          The device containing the file has no room for the new
          directory entry.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: unlink,  Next: stat/fstat,  Prev: rename,  Up: List of Supported Calls

unlink
......

Synopsis:
          int unlink(const char *pathname);

Request:
     'Funlink,PATHNAMEPTR/LEN'

Return value:
     On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.

Errors:

     'EACCES'
          No access to the file or the path of the file.

     'EPERM'
          The system does not allow unlinking of directories.

     'EBUSY'
          The file PATHNAME cannot be unlinked because it's being used
          by another process.

     'EFAULT'
          PATHNAMEPTR is an invalid pointer value.

     'ENAMETOOLONG'
          PATHNAME was too long.

     'ENOENT'
          A directory component in PATHNAME does not exist.

     'ENOTDIR'
          A component of the path is not a directory.

     'EROFS'
          The file is on a read-only filesystem.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: stat/fstat,  Next: gettimeofday,  Prev: unlink,  Up: List of Supported Calls

stat/fstat
..........

Synopsis:
          int stat(const char *pathname, struct stat *buf);
          int fstat(int fd, struct stat *buf);

Request:
     'Fstat,PATHNAMEPTR/LEN,BUFPTR'
     'Ffstat,FD,BUFPTR'

Return value:
     On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.

Errors:

     'EBADF'
          FD is not a valid open file.

     'ENOENT'
          A directory component in PATHNAME does not exist or the path
          is an empty string.

     'ENOTDIR'
          A component of the path is not a directory.

     'EFAULT'
          PATHNAMEPTR is an invalid pointer value.

     'EACCES'
          No access to the file or the path of the file.

     'ENAMETOOLONG'
          PATHNAME was too long.

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.


File: gdb.info,  Node: gettimeofday,  Next: isatty,  Prev: stat/fstat,  Up: List of Supported Calls

gettimeofday
............

Synopsis:
          int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, void *tz);

Request:
     'Fgettimeofday,TVPTR,TZPTR'

Return value:
     On success, 0 is returned, -1 otherwise.

Errors:

     'EINVAL'
          TZ is a non-NULL pointer.

     'EFAULT'
          TVPTR and/or TZPTR is an invalid pointer value.


File: gdb.info,  Node: isatty,  Next: system,  Prev: gettimeofday,  Up: List of Supported Calls

isatty
......

Synopsis:
          int isatty(int fd);

Request:
     'Fisatty,FD'

Return value:
     Returns 1 if FD refers to the GDB console, 0 otherwise.

Errors:

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.

   Note that the 'isatty' call is treated as a special case: it returns
1 to the target if the file descriptor is attached to the GDB console, 0
otherwise.  Implementing through system calls would require implementing
'ioctl' and would be more complex than needed.


File: gdb.info,  Node: system,  Prev: isatty,  Up: List of Supported Calls

system
......

Synopsis:
          int system(const char *command);

Request:
     'Fsystem,COMMANDPTR/LEN'

Return value:
     If LEN is zero, the return value indicates whether a shell is
     available.  A zero return value indicates a shell is not available.
     For non-zero LEN, the value returned is -1 on error and the return
     status of the command otherwise.  Only the exit status of the
     command is returned, which is extracted from the host's 'system'
     return value by calling 'WEXITSTATUS(retval)'.  In case '/bin/sh'
     could not be executed, 127 is returned.

Errors:

     'EINTR'
          The call was interrupted by the user.

   GDB takes over the full task of calling the necessary host calls to
perform the 'system' call.  The return value of 'system' on the host is
simplified before it's returned to the target.  Any termination signal
information from the child process is discarded, and the return value
consists entirely of the exit status of the called command.

   Due to security concerns, the 'system' call is by default refused by
GDB.  The user has to allow this call explicitly with the 'set remote
system-call-allowed 1' command.

'set remote system-call-allowed'
     Control whether to allow the 'system' calls in the File I/O
     protocol for the remote target.  The default is zero (disabled).

'show remote system-call-allowed'
     Show whether the 'system' calls are allowed in the File I/O
     protocol.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes,  Next: Constants,  Prev: List of Supported Calls,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.8 Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
----------------------------------------------------

* Menu:

* Integral Datatypes::
* Pointer Values::
* Memory Transfer::
* struct stat::
* struct timeval::


File: gdb.info,  Node: Integral Datatypes,  Next: Pointer Values,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes

Integral Datatypes
..................

The integral datatypes used in the system calls are 'int', 'unsigned
int', 'long', 'unsigned long', 'mode_t', and 'time_t'.

   'int', 'unsigned int', 'mode_t' and 'time_t' are implemented as 32
bit values in this protocol.

   'long' and 'unsigned long' are implemented as 64 bit types.

   *Note Limits::, for corresponding MIN and MAX values (similar to
those in 'limits.h') to allow range checking on host and target.

   'time_t' datatypes are defined as seconds since the Epoch.

   All integral datatypes transferred as part of a memory read or write
of a structured datatype e.g. a 'struct stat' have to be given in big
endian byte order.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Pointer Values,  Next: Memory Transfer,  Prev: Integral Datatypes,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes

Pointer Values
..............

Pointers to target data are transmitted as they are.  An exception is
made for pointers to buffers for which the length isn't transmitted as
part of the function call, namely strings.  Strings are transmitted as a
pointer/length pair, both as hex values, e.g.

     1aaf/12

which is a pointer to data of length 18 bytes at position 0x1aaf.  The
length is defined as the full string length in bytes, including the
trailing null byte.  For example, the string '"hello world"' at address
0x123456 is transmitted as

     123456/d


File: gdb.info,  Node: Memory Transfer,  Next: struct stat,  Prev: Pointer Values,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes

Memory Transfer
...............

Structured data which is transferred using a memory read or write (for
example, a 'struct stat') is expected to be in a protocol-specific
format with all scalar multibyte datatypes being big endian.
Translation to this representation needs to be done both by the target
before the 'F' packet is sent, and by GDB before it transfers memory to
the target.  Transferred pointers to structured data should point to the
already-coerced data at any time.


File: gdb.info,  Node: struct stat,  Next: struct timeval,  Prev: Memory Transfer,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes

struct stat
...........

The buffer of type 'struct stat' used by the target and GDB is defined
as follows:

     struct stat {
         unsigned int  st_dev;      /* device */
         unsigned int  st_ino;      /* inode */
         mode_t        st_mode;     /* protection */
         unsigned int  st_nlink;    /* number of hard links */
         unsigned int  st_uid;      /* user ID of owner */
         unsigned int  st_gid;      /* group ID of owner */
         unsigned int  st_rdev;     /* device type (if inode device) */
         unsigned long st_size;     /* total size, in bytes */
         unsigned long st_blksize;  /* blocksize for filesystem I/O */
         unsigned long st_blocks;   /* number of blocks allocated */
         time_t        st_atime;    /* time of last access */
         time_t        st_mtime;    /* time of last modification */
         time_t        st_ctime;    /* time of last change */
     };

   The integral datatypes conform to the definitions given in the
appropriate section (see *note Integral Datatypes::, for details) so
this structure is of size 64 bytes.

   The values of several fields have a restricted meaning and/or range
of values.

'st_dev'
     A value of 0 represents a file, 1 the console.

'st_ino'
     No valid meaning for the target.  Transmitted unchanged.

'st_mode'
     Valid mode bits are described in *note Constants::.  Any other bits
     have currently no meaning for the target.

'st_uid'
'st_gid'
'st_rdev'
     No valid meaning for the target.  Transmitted unchanged.

'st_atime'
'st_mtime'
'st_ctime'
     These values have a host and file system dependent accuracy.
     Especially on Windows hosts, the file system may not support exact
     timing values.

   The target gets a 'struct stat' of the above representation and is
responsible for coercing it to the target representation before
continuing.

   Note that due to size differences between the host, target, and
protocol representations of 'struct stat' members, these members could
eventually get truncated on the target.


File: gdb.info,  Node: struct timeval,  Prev: struct stat,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes

struct timeval
..............

The buffer of type 'struct timeval' used by the File-I/O protocol is
defined as follows:

     struct timeval {
         time_t tv_sec;  /* second */
         long   tv_usec; /* microsecond */
     };

   The integral datatypes conform to the definitions given in the
appropriate section (see *note Integral Datatypes::, for details) so
this structure is of size 8 bytes.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Constants,  Next: File-I/O Examples,  Prev: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.9 Constants
----------------

The following values are used for the constants inside of the protocol.
GDB and target are responsible for translating these values before and
after the call as needed.

* Menu:

* Open Flags::
* mode_t Values::
* Errno Values::
* Lseek Flags::
* Limits::


File: gdb.info,  Node: Open Flags,  Next: mode_t Values,  Up: Constants

Open Flags
..........

All values are given in hexadecimal representation.

       O_RDONLY        0x0
       O_WRONLY        0x1
       O_RDWR          0x2
       O_APPEND        0x8
       O_CREAT       0x200
       O_TRUNC       0x400
       O_EXCL        0x800


File: gdb.info,  Node: mode_t Values,  Next: Errno Values,  Prev: Open Flags,  Up: Constants

mode_t Values
.............

All values are given in octal representation.

       S_IFREG       0100000
       S_IFDIR        040000
       S_IRUSR          0400
       S_IWUSR          0200
       S_IXUSR          0100
       S_IRGRP           040
       S_IWGRP           020
       S_IXGRP           010
       S_IROTH            04
       S_IWOTH            02
       S_IXOTH            01


File: gdb.info,  Node: Errno Values,  Next: Lseek Flags,  Prev: mode_t Values,  Up: Constants

Errno Values
............

All values are given in decimal representation.

       EPERM           1
       ENOENT          2
       EINTR           4
       EBADF           9
       EACCES         13
       EFAULT         14
       EBUSY          16
       EEXIST         17
       ENODEV         19
       ENOTDIR        20
       EISDIR         21
       EINVAL         22
       ENFILE         23
       EMFILE         24
       EFBIG          27
       ENOSPC         28
       ESPIPE         29
       EROFS          30
       ENAMETOOLONG   91
       EUNKNOWN       9999

   'EUNKNOWN' is used as a fallback error value if a host system returns
any error value not in the list of supported error numbers.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Lseek Flags,  Next: Limits,  Prev: Errno Values,  Up: Constants

Lseek Flags
...........

       SEEK_SET      0
       SEEK_CUR      1
       SEEK_END      2


File: gdb.info,  Node: Limits,  Prev: Lseek Flags,  Up: Constants

Limits
......

All values are given in decimal representation.

       INT_MIN       -2147483648
       INT_MAX        2147483647
       UINT_MAX       4294967295
       LONG_MIN      -9223372036854775808
       LONG_MAX       9223372036854775807
       ULONG_MAX      18446744073709551615


File: gdb.info,  Node: File-I/O Examples,  Prev: Constants,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension

E.14.10 File-I/O Examples
-------------------------

Example sequence of a write call, file descriptor 3, buffer is at target
address 0x1234, 6 bytes should be written:

     <- Fwrite,3,1234,6
     _request memory read from target_
     -> m1234,6
     <- XXXXXX
     _return "6 bytes written"_
     -> F6

   Example sequence of a read call, file descriptor 3, buffer is at
target address 0x1234, 6 bytes should be read:

     <- Fread,3,1234,6
     _request memory write to target_
     -> X1234,6:XXXXXX
     _return "6 bytes read"_
     -> F6

   Example sequence of a read call, call fails on the host due to
invalid file descriptor ('EBADF'):

     <- Fread,3,1234,6
     -> F-1,9

   Example sequence of a read call, user presses 'Ctrl-c' before syscall
on host is called:

     <- Fread,3,1234,6
     -> F-1,4,C
     <- T02

   Example sequence of a read call, user presses 'Ctrl-c' after syscall
on host is called:

     <- Fread,3,1234,6
     -> X1234,6:XXXXXX
     <- T02


File: gdb.info,  Node: Library List Format,  Next: Library List Format for SVR4 Targets,  Prev: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.15 Library List Format
========================

On some platforms, a dynamic loader (e.g. 'ld.so') runs in the same
process as your application to manage libraries.  In this case, GDB can
use the loader's symbol table and normal memory operations to maintain a
list of shared libraries.  On other platforms, the operating system
manages loaded libraries.  GDB can not retrieve the list of currently
loaded libraries through memory operations, so it uses the
'qXfer:libraries:read' packet (*note qXfer library list read::) instead.
The remote stub queries the target's operating system and reports which
libraries are loaded.

   The 'qXfer:libraries:read' packet returns an XML document which lists
loaded libraries and their offsets.  Each library has an associated name
and one or more segment or section base addresses, which report where
the library was loaded in memory.

   For the common case of libraries that are fully linked binaries, the
library should have a list of segments.  If the target supports dynamic
linking of a relocatable object file, its library XML element should
instead include a list of allocated sections.  The segment or section
bases are start addresses, not relocation offsets; they do not depend on
the library's link-time base addresses.

   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML library
lists.  *Note Expat::.

   A simple memory map, with one loaded library relocated by a single
offset, looks like this:

     <library-list>
       <library name="/lib/libc.so.6">
         <segment address="0x10000000"/>
       </library>
     </library-list>

   Another simple memory map, with one loaded library with three
allocated sections (.text, .data, .bss), looks like this:

     <library-list>
       <library name="sharedlib.o">
         <section address="0x10000000"/>
         <section address="0x20000000"/>
         <section address="0x30000000"/>
       </library>
     </library-list>

   The format of a library list is described by this DTD:

     <!-- library-list: Root element with versioning -->
     <!ELEMENT library-list  (library)*>
     <!ATTLIST library-list  version CDATA   #FIXED  "1.0">
     <!ELEMENT library       (segment*, section*)>
     <!ATTLIST library       name    CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!ELEMENT segment       EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST segment       address CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!ELEMENT section       EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST section       address CDATA   #REQUIRED>

   In addition, segments and section descriptors cannot be mixed within
a single library element, and you must supply at least one segment or
section for each library.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Library List Format for SVR4 Targets,  Next: Memory Map Format,  Prev: Library List Format,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.16 Library List Format for SVR4 Targets
=========================================

On SVR4 platforms GDB can use the symbol table of a dynamic loader (e.g.
'ld.so') and normal memory operations to maintain a list of shared
libraries.  Still a special library list provided by this packet is more
efficient for the GDB remote protocol.

   The 'qXfer:libraries-svr4:read' packet returns an XML document which
lists loaded libraries and their SVR4 linker parameters.  For each
library on SVR4 target, the following parameters are reported:

   - 'name', the absolute file name from the 'l_name' field of 'struct
     link_map'.
   - 'lm' with address of 'struct link_map' used for TLS (Thread Local
     Storage) access.
   - 'l_addr', the displacement as read from the field 'l_addr' of
     'struct link_map'.  For prelinked libraries this is not an absolute
     memory address.  It is a displacement of absolute memory address
     against address the file was prelinked to during the library load.
   - 'l_ld', which is memory address of the 'PT_DYNAMIC' segment
   - 'lmid', which is an identifier for a linker namespace, such as the
     memory address of the 'r_debug' object that contains this
     namespace's load map or the namespace identifier returned by
     'dlinfo (3)'.

   Additionally the single 'main-lm' attribute specifies address of
'struct link_map' used for the main executable.  This parameter is used
for TLS access and its presence is optional.

   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML SVR4 library
lists.  *Note Expat::.

   A simple memory map, with two loaded libraries (which do not use
prelink), looks like this:

     <library-list-svr4 version="1.0" main-lm="0xe4f8f8">
       <library name="/lib/ld-linux.so.2" lm="0xe4f51c" l_addr="0xe2d000"
                l_ld="0xe4eefc" lmid="0xfffe0"/>
       <library name="/lib/libc.so.6" lm="0xe4fbe8" l_addr="0x154000"
                l_ld="0x152350" lmid="0xfffe0"/>
     </library-list-svr>

   The format of an SVR4 library list is described by this DTD:

     <!-- library-list-svr4: Root element with versioning -->
     <!ELEMENT library-list-svr4  (library)*>
     <!ATTLIST library-list-svr4  version CDATA   #FIXED  "1.0">
     <!ATTLIST library-list-svr4  main-lm CDATA   #IMPLIED>
     <!ELEMENT library            EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST library            name    CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!ATTLIST library            lm      CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!ATTLIST library            l_addr  CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!ATTLIST library            l_ld    CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!ATTLIST library            lmid    CDATA   #IMPLIED>


File: gdb.info,  Node: Memory Map Format,  Next: Thread List Format,  Prev: Library List Format for SVR4 Targets,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.17 Memory Map Format
======================

To be able to write into flash memory, GDB needs to obtain a memory map
from the target.  This section describes the format of the memory map.

   The memory map is obtained using the 'qXfer:memory-map:read' (*note
qXfer memory map read::) packet and is an XML document that lists memory
regions.

   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML memory maps.
*Note Expat::.

   The top-level structure of the document is shown below:

     <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <!DOCTYPE memory-map
               PUBLIC "+//IDN gnu.org//DTD GDB Memory Map V1.0//EN"
                      "http://sourceware.org/gdb/gdb-memory-map.dtd">
     <memory-map>
         region...
     </memory-map>

   Each region can be either:

   * A region of RAM starting at ADDR and extending for LENGTH bytes
     from there:

          <memory type="ram" start="ADDR" length="LENGTH"/>

   * A region of read-only memory:

          <memory type="rom" start="ADDR" length="LENGTH"/>

   * A region of flash memory, with erasure blocks BLOCKSIZE bytes in
     length:

          <memory type="flash" start="ADDR" length="LENGTH">
            <property name="blocksize">BLOCKSIZE</property>
          </memory>

   Regions must not overlap.  GDB assumes that areas of memory not
covered by the memory map are RAM, and uses the ordinary 'M' and 'X'
packets to write to addresses in such ranges.

   The formal DTD for memory map format is given below:

     <!-- ................................................... -->
     <!-- Memory Map XML DTD ................................ -->
     <!-- File: memory-map.dtd .............................. -->
     <!-- .................................... .............. -->
     <!-- memory-map.dtd -->
     <!-- memory-map: Root element with versioning -->
     <!ELEMENT memory-map (memory)*>
     <!ATTLIST memory-map    version CDATA   #FIXED  "1.0.0">
     <!ELEMENT memory (property)*>
     <!-- memory: Specifies a memory region,
                  and its type, or device. -->
     <!ATTLIST memory        type    (ram|rom|flash) #REQUIRED
                             start   CDATA   #REQUIRED
                             length  CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!-- property: Generic attribute tag -->
     <!ELEMENT property (#PCDATA | property)*>
     <!ATTLIST property      name    (blocksize) #REQUIRED>


File: gdb.info,  Node: Thread List Format,  Next: Traceframe Info Format,  Prev: Memory Map Format,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.18 Thread List Format
=======================

To efficiently update the list of threads and their attributes, GDB
issues the 'qXfer:threads:read' packet (*note qXfer threads read::) and
obtains the XML document with the following structure:

     <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <threads>
         <thread id="id" core="0" name="name" handle="1a2b3c">
         ... description ...
         </thread>
     </threads>

   Each 'thread' element must have the 'id' attribute that identifies
the thread (*note thread-id syntax::).  The 'core' attribute, if
present, specifies which processor core the thread was last executing
on.  The 'name' attribute, if present, specifies the human-readable name
of the thread.  The content of the of 'thread' element is interpreted as
human-readable auxiliary information.  The 'handle' attribute, if
present, is a hex encoded representation of the thread handle.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Traceframe Info Format,  Next: Branch Trace Format,  Prev: Thread List Format,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.19 Traceframe Info Format
===========================

To be able to know which objects in the inferior can be examined when
inspecting a tracepoint hit, GDB needs to obtain the list of memory
ranges, registers and trace state variables that have been collected in
a traceframe.

   This list is obtained using the 'qXfer:traceframe-info:read' (*note
qXfer traceframe info read::) packet and is an XML document.

   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML traceframe
info discovery.  *Note Expat::.

   The top-level structure of the document is shown below:

     <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <!DOCTYPE traceframe-info
               PUBLIC "+//IDN gnu.org//DTD GDB Memory Map V1.0//EN"
                      "http://sourceware.org/gdb/gdb-traceframe-info.dtd">
     <traceframe-info>
        block...
     </traceframe-info>

   Each traceframe block can be either:

   * A region of collected memory starting at ADDR and extending for
     LENGTH bytes from there:

          <memory start="ADDR" length="LENGTH"/>

   * A block indicating trace state variable numbered NUMBER has been
     collected:

          <tvar id="NUMBER"/>

   The formal DTD for the traceframe info format is given below:

     <!ELEMENT traceframe-info  (memory | tvar)* >
     <!ATTLIST traceframe-info  version CDATA   #FIXED  "1.0">

     <!ELEMENT memory        EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST memory        start   CDATA   #REQUIRED
                             length  CDATA   #REQUIRED>
     <!ELEMENT tvar>
     <!ATTLIST tvar          id      CDATA   #REQUIRED>


File: gdb.info,  Node: Branch Trace Format,  Next: Branch Trace Configuration Format,  Prev: Traceframe Info Format,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.20 Branch Trace Format
========================

In order to display the branch trace of an inferior thread, GDB needs to
obtain the list of branches.  This list is represented as list of
sequential code blocks that are connected via branches.  The code in
each block has been executed sequentially.

   This list is obtained using the 'qXfer:btrace:read' (*note qXfer
btrace read::) packet and is an XML document.

   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML traceframe
info discovery.  *Note Expat::.

   The top-level structure of the document is shown below:

     <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <!DOCTYPE btrace
               PUBLIC "+//IDN gnu.org//DTD GDB Branch Trace V1.0//EN"
                      "http://sourceware.org/gdb/gdb-btrace.dtd">
     <btrace>
        block...
     </btrace>

   * A block of sequentially executed instructions starting at BEGIN and
     ending at END:

          <block begin="BEGIN" end="END"/>

   The formal DTD for the branch trace format is given below:

     <!ELEMENT btrace  (block* | pt) >
     <!ATTLIST btrace  version CDATA   #FIXED "1.0">

     <!ELEMENT block        EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST block        begin  CDATA   #REQUIRED
                            end    CDATA   #REQUIRED>

     <!ELEMENT pt (pt-config?, raw?)>

     <!ELEMENT pt-config (cpu?)>

     <!ELEMENT cpu EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST cpu vendor   CDATA #REQUIRED
                   family   CDATA #REQUIRED
                   model    CDATA #REQUIRED
                   stepping CDATA #REQUIRED>

     <!ELEMENT raw (#PCDATA)>


File: gdb.info,  Node: Branch Trace Configuration Format,  Prev: Branch Trace Format,  Up: Remote Protocol

E.21 Branch Trace Configuration Format
======================================

For each inferior thread, GDB can obtain the branch trace configuration
using the 'qXfer:btrace-conf:read' (*note qXfer btrace-conf read::)
packet.

   The configuration describes the branch trace format and configuration
settings for that format.  The following information is described:

'bts'
     This thread uses the "Branch Trace Store" (BTS) format.
     'size'
          The size of the BTS ring buffer in bytes.
'pt'
     This thread uses the "Intel Processor Trace" (Intel PT) format.
     'size'
          The size of the Intel PT ring buffer in bytes.

   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML branch trace
configuration discovery.  *Note Expat::.

   The formal DTD for the branch trace configuration format is given
below:

     <!ELEMENT btrace-conf		(bts?, pt?)>
     <!ATTLIST btrace-conf		version	CDATA	#FIXED "1.0">

     <!ELEMENT bts	EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST bts	size		CDATA	#IMPLIED>

     <!ELEMENT pt	EMPTY>
     <!ATTLIST pt	size		CDATA	#IMPLIED>
     <!ATTLIST pt	ptwrite		(yes | no)	#IMPLIED>
     <!ATTLIST pt	event-tracing	(yes | no)	#IMPLIED>


File: gdb.info,  Node: Agent Expressions,  Next: Target Descriptions,  Prev: Remote Protocol,  Up: Top

Appendix F The GDB Agent Expression Mechanism
*********************************************

In some applications, it is not feasible for the debugger to interrupt
the program's execution long enough for the developer to learn anything
helpful about its behavior.  If the program's correctness depends on its
real-time behavior, delays introduced by a debugger might cause the
program to fail, even when the code itself is correct.  It is useful to
be able to observe the program's behavior without interrupting it.

   Using GDB's 'trace' and 'collect' commands, the user can specify
locations in the program, and arbitrary expressions to evaluate when
those locations are reached.  Later, using the 'tfind' command, she can
examine the values those expressions had when the program hit the trace
points.  The expressions may also denote objects in memory -- structures
or arrays, for example -- whose values GDB should record; while visiting
a particular tracepoint, the user may inspect those objects as if they
were in memory at that moment.  However, because GDB records these
values without interacting with the user, it can do so quickly and
unobtrusively, hopefully not disturbing the program's behavior.

   When GDB is debugging a remote target, the GDB "agent" code running
on the target computes the values of the expressions itself.  To avoid
having a full symbolic expression evaluator on the agent, GDB translates
expressions in the source language into a simpler bytecode language, and
then sends the bytecode to the agent; the agent then executes the
bytecode, and records the values for GDB to retrieve later.

   The bytecode language is simple; there are forty-odd opcodes, the
bulk of which are the usual vocabulary of C operands (addition,
subtraction, shifts, and so on) and various sizes of literals and memory
reference operations.  The bytecode interpreter operates strictly on
machine-level values -- various sizes of integers and floating point
numbers -- and requires no information about types or symbols; thus, the
interpreter's internal data structures are simple, and each bytecode
requires only a few native machine instructions to implement it.  The
interpreter is small, and strict limits on the memory and time required
to evaluate an expression are easy to determine, making it suitable for
use by the debugging agent in real-time applications.

* Menu:

* General Bytecode Design::     Overview of the interpreter.
* Bytecode Descriptions::       What each one does.
* Using Agent Expressions::     How agent expressions fit into the big picture.
* Varying Target Capabilities:: How to discover what the target can do.
* Rationale::                   Why we did it this way.


File: gdb.info,  Node: General Bytecode Design,  Next: Bytecode Descriptions,  Up: Agent Expressions

F.1 General Bytecode Design
===========================

The agent represents bytecode expressions as an array of bytes.  Each
instruction is one byte long (thus the term "bytecode").  Some
instructions are followed by operand bytes; for example, the 'goto'
instruction is followed by a destination for the jump.

   The bytecode interpreter is a stack-based machine; most instructions
pop their operands off the stack, perform some operation, and push the
result back on the stack for the next instruction to consume.  Each
element of the stack may contain either a integer or a floating point
value; these values are as many bits wide as the largest integer that
can be directly manipulated in the source language.  Stack elements
carry no record of their type; bytecode could push a value as an
integer, then pop it as a floating point value.  However, GDB will not
generate code which does this.  In C, one might define the type of a
stack element as follows:
     union agent_val {
       LONGEST l;
       DOUBLEST d;
     };
where 'LONGEST' and 'DOUBLEST' are 'typedef' names for the largest
integer and floating point types on the machine.

   By the time the bytecode interpreter reaches the end of the
expression, the value of the expression should be the only value left on
the stack.  For tracing applications, 'trace' bytecodes in the
expression will have recorded the necessary data, and the value on the
stack may be discarded.  For other applications, like conditional
breakpoints, the value may be useful.

   Separate from the stack, the interpreter has two registers:
'pc'
     The address of the next bytecode to execute.

'start'
     The address of the start of the bytecode expression, necessary for
     interpreting the 'goto' and 'if_goto' instructions.

Neither of these registers is directly visible to the bytecode language
itself, but they are useful for defining the meanings of the bytecode
operations.

   There are no instructions to perform side effects on the running
program, or call the program's functions; we assume that these
expressions are only used for unobtrusive debugging, not for patching
the running code.

   Most bytecode instructions do not distinguish between the various
sizes of values, and operate on full-width values; the upper bits of the
values are simply ignored, since they do not usually make a difference
to the value computed.  The exceptions to this rule are:

memory reference instructions ('ref'N)
     There are distinct instructions to fetch different word sizes from
     memory.  Once on the stack, however, the values are treated as
     full-size integers.  They may need to be sign-extended; the 'ext'
     instruction exists for this purpose.

the sign-extension instruction ('ext' N)
     These clearly need to know which portion of their operand is to be
     extended to occupy the full length of the word.

   If the interpreter is unable to evaluate an expression completely for
some reason (a memory location is inaccessible, or a divisor is zero,
for example), we say that interpretation "terminates with an error".
This means that the problem is reported back to the interpreter's caller
in some helpful way.  In general, code using agent expressions should
assume that they may attempt to divide by zero, fetch arbitrary memory
locations, and misbehave in other ways.

   Even complicated C expressions compile to a few bytecode
instructions; for example, the expression 'x + y * z' would typically
produce code like the following, assuming that 'x' and 'y' live in
registers, and 'z' is a global variable holding a 32-bit 'int':
     reg 1
     reg 2
     const32 address of z
     ref32
     ext 32
     mul
     add
     end

   In detail, these mean:

'reg 1'
     Push the value of register 1 (presumably holding 'x') onto the
     stack.

'reg 2'
     Push the value of register 2 (holding 'y').

'const32 address of z'
     Push the address of 'z' onto the stack.

'ref32'
     Fetch a 32-bit word from the address at the top of the stack;
     replace the address on the stack with the value.  Thus, we replace
     the address of 'z' with 'z''s value.

'ext 32'
     Sign-extend the value on the top of the stack from 32 bits to full
     length.  This is necessary because 'z' is a signed integer.

'mul'
     Pop the top two numbers on the stack, multiply them, and push their
     product.  Now the top of the stack contains the value of the
     expression 'y * z'.

'add'
     Pop the top two numbers, add them, and push the sum.  Now the top
     of the stack contains the value of 'x + y * z'.

'end'
     Stop executing; the value left on the stack top is the value to be
     recorded.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Bytecode Descriptions,  Next: Using Agent Expressions,  Prev: General Bytecode Design,  Up: Agent Expressions

F.2 Bytecode Descriptions
=========================

Each bytecode description has the following form:

'add' (0x02): A B => A+B

     Pop the top two stack items, A and B, as integers; push their sum,
     as an integer.

   In this example, 'add' is the name of the bytecode, and '(0x02)' is
the one-byte value used to encode the bytecode, in hexadecimal.  The
phrase "A B => A+B" shows the stack before and after the bytecode
executes.  Beforehand, the stack must contain at least two values, A and
B; since the top of the stack is to the right, B is on the top of the
stack, and A is underneath it.  After execution, the bytecode will have
popped A and B from the stack, and replaced them with a single value,
A+B.  There may be other values on the stack below those shown, but the
bytecode affects only those shown.

   Here is another example:

'const8' (0x22) N: => N
     Push the 8-bit integer constant N on the stack, without sign
     extension.

   In this example, the bytecode 'const8' takes an operand N directly
from the bytecode stream; the operand follows the 'const8' bytecode
itself.  We write any such operands immediately after the name of the
bytecode, before the colon, and describe the exact encoding of the
operand in the bytecode stream in the body of the bytecode description.

   For the 'const8' bytecode, there are no stack items given before the
=>; this simply means that the bytecode consumes no values from the
stack.  If a bytecode consumes no values, or produces no values, the
list on either side of the => may be empty.

   If a value is written as A, B, or N, then the bytecode treats it as
an integer.  If a value is written is ADDR, then the bytecode treats it
as an address.

   We do not fully describe the floating point operations here; although
this design can be extended in a clean way to handle floating point
values, they are not of immediate interest to the customer, so we avoid
describing them, to save time.

'float' (0x01): =>

     Prefix for floating-point bytecodes.  Not implemented yet.

'add' (0x02): A B => A+B
     Pop two integers from the stack, and push their sum, as an integer.

'sub' (0x03): A B => A-B
     Pop two integers from the stack, subtract the top value from the
     next-to-top value, and push the difference.

'mul' (0x04): A B => A*B
     Pop two integers from the stack, multiply them, and push the
     product on the stack.  Note that, when one multiplies two N-bit
     numbers yielding another N-bit number, it is irrelevant whether the
     numbers are signed or not; the results are the same.

'div_signed' (0x05): A B => A/B
     Pop two signed integers from the stack; divide the next-to-top
     value by the top value, and push the quotient.  If the divisor is
     zero, terminate with an error.

'div_unsigned' (0x06): A B => A/B
     Pop two unsigned integers from the stack; divide the next-to-top
     value by the top value, and push the quotient.  If the divisor is
     zero, terminate with an error.

'rem_signed' (0x07): A B => A MODULO B
     Pop two signed integers from the stack; divide the next-to-top
     value by the top value, and push the remainder.  If the divisor is
     zero, terminate with an error.

'rem_unsigned' (0x08): A B => A MODULO B
     Pop two unsigned integers from the stack; divide the next-to-top
     value by the top value, and push the remainder.  If the divisor is
     zero, terminate with an error.

'lsh' (0x09): A B => A<<B
     Pop two integers from the stack; let A be the next-to-top value,
     and B be the top value.  Shift A left by B bits, and push the
     result.

'rsh_signed' (0x0a): A B => '(signed)'A>>B
     Pop two integers from the stack; let A be the next-to-top value,
     and B be the top value.  Shift A right by B bits, inserting copies
     of the top bit at the high end, and push the result.

'rsh_unsigned' (0x0b): A B => A>>B
     Pop two integers from the stack; let A be the next-to-top value,
     and B be the top value.  Shift A right by B bits, inserting zero
     bits at the high end, and push the result.

'log_not' (0x0e): A => !A
     Pop an integer from the stack; if it is zero, push the value one;
     otherwise, push the value zero.

'bit_and' (0x0f): A B => A&B
     Pop two integers from the stack, and push their bitwise 'and'.

'bit_or' (0x10): A B => A|B
     Pop two integers from the stack, and push their bitwise 'or'.

'bit_xor' (0x11): A B => A^B
     Pop two integers from the stack, and push their bitwise
     exclusive-'or'.

'bit_not' (0x12): A => ~A
     Pop an integer from the stack, and push its bitwise complement.

'equal' (0x13): A B => A=B
     Pop two integers from the stack; if they are equal, push the value
     one; otherwise, push the value zero.

'less_signed' (0x14): A B => A<B
     Pop two signed integers from the stack; if the next-to-top value is
     less than the top value, push the value one; otherwise, push the
     value zero.

'less_unsigned' (0x15): A B => A<B
     Pop two unsigned integers from the stack; if the next-to-top value
     is less than the top value, push the value one; otherwise, push the
     value zero.

'ext' (0x16) N: A => A, sign-extended from N bits
     Pop an unsigned value from the stack; treating it as an N-bit
     twos-complement value, extend it to full length.  This means that
     all bits to the left of bit N-1 (where the least significant bit is
     bit 0) are set to the value of bit N-1.  Note that N may be larger
     than or equal to the width of the stack elements of the bytecode
     engine; in this case, the bytecode should have no effect.

     The number of source bits to preserve, N, is encoded as a single
     byte unsigned integer following the 'ext' bytecode.

'zero_ext' (0x2a) N: A => A, zero-extended from N bits
     Pop an unsigned value from the stack; zero all but the bottom N
     bits.

     The number of source bits to preserve, N, is encoded as a single
     byte unsigned integer following the 'zero_ext' bytecode.

'ref8' (0x17): ADDR => A
'ref16' (0x18): ADDR => A
'ref32' (0x19): ADDR => A
'ref64' (0x1a): ADDR => A
     Pop an address ADDR from the stack.  For bytecode 'ref'N, fetch an
     N-bit value from ADDR, using the natural target endianness.  Push
     the fetched value as an unsigned integer.

     Note that ADDR may not be aligned in any particular way; the 'refN'
     bytecodes should operate correctly for any address.

     If attempting to access memory at ADDR would cause a processor
     exception of some sort, terminate with an error.

'ref_float' (0x1b): ADDR => D
'ref_double' (0x1c): ADDR => D
'ref_long_double' (0x1d): ADDR => D
'l_to_d' (0x1e): A => D
'd_to_l' (0x1f): D => A
     Not implemented yet.

'dup' (0x28): A => A A
     Push another copy of the stack's top element.

'swap' (0x2b): A B => B A
     Exchange the top two items on the stack.

'pop' (0x29): A =>
     Discard the top value on the stack.

'pick' (0x32) N: A ... B => A ... B A
     Duplicate an item from the stack and push it on the top of the
     stack.  N, a single byte, indicates the stack item to copy.  If N
     is zero, this is the same as 'dup'; if N is one, it copies the item
     under the top item, etc.  If N exceeds the number of items on the
     stack, terminate with an error.

'rot' (0x33): A B C => C A B
     Rotate the top three items on the stack.  The top item (c) becomes
     the third item, the next-to-top item (b) becomes the top item and
     the third item (a) from the top becomes the next-to-top item.

'if_goto' (0x20) OFFSET: A =>
     Pop an integer off the stack; if it is non-zero, branch to the
     given offset in the bytecode string.  Otherwise, continue to the
     next instruction in the bytecode stream.  In other words, if A is
     non-zero, set the 'pc' register to 'start' + OFFSET.  Thus, an
     offset of zero denotes the beginning of the expression.

     The OFFSET is stored as a sixteen-bit unsigned value, stored
     immediately following the 'if_goto' bytecode.  It is always stored
     most significant byte first, regardless of the target's normal
     endianness.  The offset is not guaranteed to fall at any particular
     alignment within the bytecode stream; thus, on machines where
     fetching a 16-bit on an unaligned address raises an exception, you
     should fetch the offset one byte at a time.

'goto' (0x21) OFFSET: =>
     Branch unconditionally to OFFSET; in other words, set the 'pc'
     register to 'start' + OFFSET.

     The offset is stored in the same way as for the 'if_goto' bytecode.

'const8' (0x22) N: => N
'const16' (0x23) N: => N
'const32' (0x24) N: => N
'const64' (0x25) N: => N
     Push the integer constant N on the stack, without sign extension.
     To produce a small negative value, push a small twos-complement
     value, and then sign-extend it using the 'ext' bytecode.

     The constant N is stored in the appropriate number of bytes
     following the 'const'B bytecode.  The constant N is always stored
     most significant byte first, regardless of the target's normal
     endianness.  The constant is not guaranteed to fall at any
     particular alignment within the bytecode stream; thus, on machines
     where fetching a 16-bit on an unaligned address raises an
     exception, you should fetch N one byte at a time.

'reg' (0x26) N: => A
     Push the value of register number N, without sign extension.  The
     registers are numbered following GDB's conventions.

     The register number N is encoded as a 16-bit unsigned integer
     immediately following the 'reg' bytecode.  It is always stored most
     significant byte first, regardless of the target's normal
     endianness.  The register number is not guaranteed to fall at any
     particular alignment within the bytecode stream; thus, on machines
     where fetching a 16-bit on an unaligned address raises an
     exception, you should fetch the register number one byte at a time.

'getv' (0x2c) N: => V
     Push the value of trace state variable number N, without sign
     extension.

     The variable number N is encoded as a 16-bit unsigned integer
     immediately following the 'getv' bytecode.  It is always stored
     most significant byte first, regardless of the target's normal
     endianness.  The variable number is not guaranteed to fall at any
     particular alignment within the bytecode stream; thus, on machines
     where fetching a 16-bit on an unaligned address raises an
     exception, you should fetch the register number one byte at a time.

'setv' (0x2d) N: V => V
     Set trace state variable number N to the value found on the top of
     the stack.  The stack is unchanged, so that the value is readily
     available if the assignment is part of a larger expression.  The
     handling of N is as described for 'getv'.

'trace' (0x0c): ADDR SIZE =>
     Record the contents of the SIZE bytes at ADDR in a trace buffer,
     for later retrieval by GDB.

'trace_quick' (0x0d) SIZE: ADDR => ADDR
     Record the contents of the SIZE bytes at ADDR in a trace buffer,
     for later retrieval by GDB. SIZE is a single byte unsigned integer
     following the 'trace' opcode.

     This bytecode is equivalent to the sequence 'dup const8 SIZE
     trace', but we provide it anyway to save space in bytecode strings.

'trace16' (0x30) SIZE: ADDR => ADDR
     Identical to trace_quick, except that SIZE is a 16-bit big-endian
     unsigned integer, not a single byte.  This should probably have
     been named 'trace_quick16', for consistency.

'tracev' (0x2e) N: => A
     Record the value of trace state variable number N in the trace
     buffer.  The handling of N is as described for 'getv'.

'tracenz' (0x2f) ADDR SIZE =>
     Record the bytes at ADDR in a trace buffer, for later retrieval by
     GDB. Stop at either the first zero byte, or when SIZE bytes have
     been recorded, whichever occurs first.

'printf' (0x34) NUMARGS STRING =>
     Do a formatted print, in the style of the C function 'printf').
     The value of NUMARGS is the number of arguments to expect on the
     stack, while STRING is the format string, prefixed with a two-byte
     length.  The last byte of the string must be zero, and is included
     in the length.  The format string includes escaped sequences just
     as it appears in C source, so for instance the format string
     '"\t%d\n"' is six characters long, and the output will consist of a
     tab character, a decimal number, and a newline.  At the top of the
     stack, above the values to be printed, this bytecode will pop a
     "function" and "channel".  If the function is nonzero, then the
     target may treat it as a function and call it, passing the channel
     as a first argument, as with the C function 'fprintf'.  If the
     function is zero, then the target may simply call a standard
     formatted print function of its choice.  In all, this bytecode pops
     2 + NUMARGS stack elements, and pushes nothing.

'end' (0x27): =>
     Stop executing bytecode; the result should be the top element of
     the stack.  If the purpose of the expression was to compute an
     lvalue or a range of memory, then the next-to-top of the stack is
     the lvalue's address, and the top of the stack is the lvalue's
     size, in bytes.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Using Agent Expressions,  Next: Varying Target Capabilities,  Prev: Bytecode Descriptions,  Up: Agent Expressions

F.3 Using Agent Expressions
===========================

Agent expressions can be used in several different ways by GDB, and the
debugger can generate different bytecode sequences as appropriate.

   One possibility is to do expression evaluation on the target rather
than the host, such as for the conditional of a conditional tracepoint.
In such a case, GDB compiles the source expression into a bytecode
sequence that simply gets values from registers or memory, does
arithmetic, and returns a result.

   Another way to use agent expressions is for tracepoint data
collection.  GDB generates a different bytecode sequence for collection;
in addition to bytecodes that do the calculation, GDB adds 'trace'
bytecodes to save the pieces of memory that were used.

   * The user selects trace points in the program's code at which GDB
     should collect data.

   * The user specifies expressions to evaluate at each trace point.
     These expressions may denote objects in memory, in which case those
     objects' contents are recorded as the program runs, or computed
     values, in which case the values themselves are recorded.

   * GDB transmits the tracepoints and their associated expressions to
     the GDB agent, running on the debugging target.

   * The agent arranges to be notified when a trace point is hit.

   * When execution on the target reaches a trace point, the agent
     evaluates the expressions associated with that trace point, and
     records the resulting values and memory ranges.

   * Later, when the user selects a given trace event and inspects the
     objects and expression values recorded, GDB talks to the agent to
     retrieve recorded data as necessary to meet the user's requests.
     If the user asks to see an object whose contents have not been
     recorded, GDB reports an error.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Varying Target Capabilities,  Next: Rationale,  Prev: Using Agent Expressions,  Up: Agent Expressions

F.4 Varying Target Capabilities
===============================

Some targets don't support floating-point, and some would rather not
have to deal with 'long long' operations.  Also, different targets will
have different stack sizes, and different bytecode buffer lengths.

   Thus, GDB needs a way to ask the target about itself.  We haven't
worked out the details yet, but in general, GDB should be able to send
the target a packet asking it to describe itself.  The reply should be a
packet whose length is explicit, so we can add new information to the
packet in future revisions of the agent, without confusing old versions
of GDB, and it should contain a version number.  It should contain at
least the following information:

   * whether floating point is supported

   * whether 'long long' is supported

   * maximum acceptable size of bytecode stack

   * maximum acceptable length of bytecode expressions

   * which registers are actually available for collection

   * whether the target supports disabled tracepoints


File: gdb.info,  Node: Rationale,  Prev: Varying Target Capabilities,  Up: Agent Expressions

F.5 Rationale
=============

Some of the design decisions apparent above are arguable.

What about stack overflow/underflow?
     GDB should be able to query the target to discover its stack size.
     Given that information, GDB can determine at translation time
     whether a given expression will overflow the stack.  But this spec
     isn't about what kinds of error-checking GDB ought to do.

Why are you doing everything in LONGEST?

     Speed isn't important, but agent code size is; using LONGEST brings
     in a bunch of support code to do things like division, etc.  So
     this is a serious concern.

     First, note that you don't need different bytecodes for different
     operand sizes.  You can generate code without _knowing_ how big the
     stack elements actually are on the target.  If the target only
     supports 32-bit ints, and you don't send any 64-bit bytecodes,
     everything just works.  The observation here is that the MIPS and
     the Alpha have only fixed-size registers, and you can still get C's
     semantics even though most instructions only operate on full-sized
     words.  You just need to make sure everything is properly
     sign-extended at the right times.  So there is no need for 32- and
     64-bit variants of the bytecodes.  Just implement everything using
     the largest size you support.

     GDB should certainly check to see what sizes the target supports,
     so the user can get an error earlier, rather than later.  But this
     information is not necessary for correctness.

Why don't you have '>' or '<=' operators?
     I want to keep the interpreter small, and we don't need them.  We
     can combine the 'less_' opcodes with 'log_not', and swap the order
     of the operands, yielding all four asymmetrical comparison
     operators.  For example, '(x <= y)' is '! (x > y)', which is '! (y
     < x)'.

Why do you have 'log_not'?
Why do you have 'ext'?
Why do you have 'zero_ext'?
     These are all easily synthesized from other instructions, but I
     expect them to be used frequently, and they're simple, so I include
     them to keep bytecode strings short.

     'log_not' is equivalent to 'const8 0 equal'; it's used in half the
     relational operators.

     'ext N' is equivalent to 'const8 S-N lsh const8 S-N rsh_signed',
     where S is the size of the stack elements; it follows 'refM' and
     REG bytecodes when the value should be signed.  See the next
     bulleted item.

     'zero_ext N' is equivalent to 'constM MASK log_and'; it's used
     whenever we push the value of a register, because we can't assume
     the upper bits of the register aren't garbage.

Why not have sign-extending variants of the 'ref' operators?
     Because that would double the number of 'ref' operators, and we
     need the 'ext' bytecode anyway for accessing bitfields.

Why not have constant-address variants of the 'ref' operators?
     Because that would double the number of 'ref' operators again, and
     'const32 ADDRESS ref32' is only one byte longer.

Why do the 'refN' operators have to support unaligned fetches?
     GDB will generate bytecode that fetches multi-byte values at
     unaligned addresses whenever the executable's debugging information
     tells it to.  Furthermore, GDB does not know the value the pointer
     will have when GDB generates the bytecode, so it cannot determine
     whether a particular fetch will be aligned or not.

     In particular, structure bitfields may be several bytes long, but
     follow no alignment rules; members of packed structures are not
     necessarily aligned either.

     In general, there are many cases where unaligned references occur
     in correct C code, either at the programmer's explicit request, or
     at the compiler's discretion.  Thus, it is simpler to make the GDB
     agent bytecodes work correctly in all circumstances than to make
     GDB guess in each case whether the compiler did the usual thing.

Why are there no side-effecting operators?
     Because our current client doesn't want them?  That's a cheap
     answer.  I think the real answer is that I'm afraid of implementing
     function calls.  We should re-visit this issue after the present
     contract is delivered.

Why aren't the 'goto' ops PC-relative?
     The interpreter has the base address around anyway for PC bounds
     checking, and it seemed simpler.

Why is there only one offset size for the 'goto' ops?
     Offsets are currently sixteen bits.  I'm not happy with this
     situation either:

     Suppose we have multiple branch ops with different offset sizes.
     As I generate code left-to-right, all my jumps are forward jumps
     (there are no loops in expressions), so I never know the target
     when I emit the jump opcode.  Thus, I have to either always assume
     the largest offset size, or do jump relaxation on the code after I
     generate it, which seems like a big waste of time.

     I can imagine a reasonable expression being longer than 256 bytes.
     I can't imagine one being longer than 64k.  Thus, we need 16-bit
     offsets.  This kind of reasoning is so bogus, but relaxation is
     pathetic.

     The other approach would be to generate code right-to-left.  Then
     I'd always know my offset size.  That might be fun.

Where is the function call bytecode?

     When we add side-effects, we should add this.

Why does the 'reg' bytecode take a 16-bit register number?

     Intel's IA-64 architecture has 128 general-purpose registers, and
     128 floating-point registers, and I'm sure it has some random
     control registers.

Why do we need 'trace' and 'trace_quick'?
     Because GDB needs to record all the memory contents and registers
     an expression touches.  If the user wants to evaluate an expression
     'x->y->z', the agent must record the values of 'x' and 'x->y' as
     well as the value of 'x->y->z'.

Don't the 'trace' bytecodes make the interpreter less general?
     They do mean that the interpreter contains special-purpose code,
     but that doesn't mean the interpreter can only be used for that
     purpose.  If an expression doesn't use the 'trace' bytecodes, they
     don't get in its way.

Why doesn't 'trace_quick' consume its arguments the way everything else does?
     In general, you do want your operators to consume their arguments;
     it's consistent, and generally reduces the amount of stack
     rearrangement necessary.  However, 'trace_quick' is a kludge to
     save space; it only exists so we needn't write 'dup const8 SIZE
     trace' before every memory reference.  Therefore, it's okay for it
     not to consume its arguments; it's meant for a specific context in
     which we know exactly what it should do with the stack.  If we're
     going to have a kludge, it should be an effective kludge.

Why does 'trace16' exist?
     That opcode was added by the customer that contracted Cygnus for
     the data tracing work.  I personally think it is unnecessary;
     objects that large will be quite rare, so it is okay to use 'dup
     const16 SIZE trace' in those cases.

     Whatever we decide to do with 'trace16', we should at least leave
     opcode 0x30 reserved, to remain compatible with the customer who
     added it.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Target Descriptions,  Next: Operating System Information,  Prev: Agent Expressions,  Up: Top

Appendix G Target Descriptions
******************************

One of the challenges of using GDB to debug embedded systems is that
there are so many minor variants of each processor architecture in use.
It is common practice for vendors to start with a standard processor
core -- ARM, PowerPC, or MIPS, for example -- and then make changes to
adapt it to a particular market niche.  Some architectures have hundreds
of variants, available from dozens of vendors.  This leads to a number
of problems:

   * With so many different customized processors, it is difficult for
     the GDB maintainers to keep up with the changes.
   * Since individual variants may have short lifetimes or limited
     audiences, it may not be worthwhile to carry information about
     every variant in the GDB source tree.
   * When GDB does support the architecture of the embedded system at
     hand, the task of finding the correct architecture name to give the
     'set architecture' command can be error-prone.

   To address these problems, the GDB remote protocol allows a target
system to not only identify itself to GDB, but to actually describe its
own features.  This lets GDB support processor variants it has never
seen before -- to the extent that the descriptions are accurate, and
that GDB understands them.

   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML target
descriptions.  *Note Expat::.

* Menu:

* Retrieving Descriptions::         How descriptions are fetched from a target.
* Target Description Format::       The contents of a target description.
* Predefined Target Types::         Standard types available for target
                                    descriptions.
* Enum Target Types::               How to define enum target types.
* Standard Target Features::        Features GDB knows about.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Retrieving Descriptions,  Next: Target Description Format,  Up: Target Descriptions

G.1 Retrieving Descriptions
===========================

Target descriptions can be read from the target automatically, or
specified by the user manually.  The default behavior is to read the
description from the target.  GDB retrieves it via the remote protocol
using 'qXfer' requests (*note qXfer: General Query Packets.).  The ANNEX
in the 'qXfer' packet will be 'target.xml'.  The contents of the
'target.xml' annex are an XML document, of the form described in *note
Target Description Format::.

   Alternatively, you can specify a file to read for the target
description.  If a file is set, the target will not be queried.  The
commands to specify a file are:

'set tdesc filename PATH'
     Read the target description from PATH.

'unset tdesc filename'
     Do not read the XML target description from a file.  GDB will use
     the description supplied by the current target.

'show tdesc filename'
     Show the filename to read for a target description, if any.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Target Description Format,  Next: Predefined Target Types,  Prev: Retrieving Descriptions,  Up: Target Descriptions

G.2 Target Description Format
=============================

A target description annex is an XML (http://www.w3.org/XML/) document
which complies with the Document Type Definition provided in the GDB
sources in 'gdb/features/gdb-target.dtd'.  This means you can use
generally available tools like 'xmllint' to check that your feature
descriptions are well-formed and valid.  However, to help people
unfamiliar with XML write descriptions for their targets, we also
describe the grammar here.

   Target descriptions can identify the architecture of the remote
target and (for some architectures) provide information about custom
register sets.  They can also identify the OS ABI of the remote target.
GDB can use this information to autoconfigure for your target, or to
warn you if you connect to an unsupported target.

   Here is a simple target description:

     <target version="1.0">
       <architecture>i386:x86-64</architecture>
     </target>

This minimal description only says that the target uses the x86-64
architecture.

   A target description has the following overall form, with [ ] marking
optional elements and ... marking repeatable elements.  The elements are
explained further below.

     <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <!DOCTYPE target SYSTEM "gdb-target.dtd">
     <target version="1.0">
       [ARCHITECTURE]
       [OSABI]
       [COMPATIBLE]
       [FEATURE...]
     </target>

The description is generally insensitive to whitespace and line breaks,
under the usual common-sense rules.  The XML version declaration and
document type declaration can generally be omitted (GDB does not require
them), but specifying them may be useful for XML validation tools.  The
'version' attribute for '<target>' may also be omitted, but we recommend
including it; if future versions of GDB use an incompatible revision of
'gdb-target.dtd', they will detect and report the version mismatch.

G.2.1 Inclusion
---------------

It can sometimes be valuable to split a target description up into
several different annexes, either for organizational purposes, or to
share files between different possible target descriptions.  You can
divide a description into multiple files by replacing any element of the
target description with an inclusion directive of the form:

     <xi:include href="DOCUMENT"/>

When GDB encounters an element of this form, it will retrieve the named
XML DOCUMENT, and replace the inclusion directive with the contents of
that document.  If the current description was read using 'qXfer', then
so will be the included document; DOCUMENT will be interpreted as the
name of an annex.  If the current description was read from a file, GDB
will look for DOCUMENT as a file in the same directory where it found
the original description.

G.2.2 Architecture
------------------

An '<architecture>' element has this form:

       <architecture>ARCH</architecture>

   ARCH is one of the architectures from the set accepted by 'set
architecture' (*note Specifying a Debugging Target: Targets.).

G.2.3 OS ABI
------------

This optional field was introduced in GDB version 7.0.  Previous
versions of GDB ignore it.

   An '<osabi>' element has this form:

       <osabi>ABI-NAME</osabi>

   ABI-NAME is an OS ABI name from the same selection accepted by
'set osabi' (*note Configuring the Current ABI: ABI.).

G.2.4 Compatible Architecture
-----------------------------

This optional field was introduced in GDB version 7.0.  Previous
versions of GDB ignore it.

   A '<compatible>' element has this form:

       <compatible>ARCH</compatible>

   ARCH is one of the architectures from the set accepted by 'set
architecture' (*note Specifying a Debugging Target: Targets.).

   A '<compatible>' element is used to specify that the target is able
to run binaries in some other than the main target architecture given by
the '<architecture>' element.  For example, on the Cell Broadband
Engine, the main architecture is 'powerpc:common' or 'powerpc:common64',
but the system is able to run binaries in the 'spu' architecture as
well.  The way to describe this capability with '<compatible>' is as
follows:

       <architecture>powerpc:common</architecture>
       <compatible>spu</compatible>

G.2.5 Features
--------------

Each '<feature>' describes some logical portion of the target system.
Features are currently used to describe available CPU registers and the
types of their contents.  A '<feature>' element has this form:

     <feature name="NAME">
       [TYPE...]
       REG...
     </feature>

Each feature's name should be unique within the description.  The name
of a feature does not matter unless GDB has some special knowledge of
the contents of that feature; if it does, the feature should have its
standard name.  *Note Standard Target Features::.

G.2.6 Types
-----------

Any register's value is a collection of bits which GDB must interpret.
The default interpretation is a two's complement integer, but other
types can be requested by name in the register description.  Some
predefined types are provided by GDB (*note Predefined Target Types::),
and the description can define additional composite and enum types.

   Each type element must have an 'id' attribute, which gives a unique
(within the containing '<feature>') name to the type.  Types must be
defined before they are used.

   Some targets offer vector registers, which can be treated as arrays
of scalar elements.  These types are written as '<vector>' elements,
specifying the array element type, TYPE, and the number of elements,
COUNT:

     <vector id="ID" type="TYPE" count="COUNT"/>

   If a register's value is usefully viewed in multiple ways, define it
with a union type containing the useful representations.  The '<union>'
element contains one or more '<field>' elements, each of which has a
NAME and a TYPE:

     <union id="ID">
       <field name="NAME" type="TYPE"/>
       ...
     </union>

   If a register's value is composed from several separate values,
define it with either a structure type or a flags type.  A flags type
may only contain bitfields.  A structure type may either contain only
bitfields or contain no bitfields.  If the value contains only
bitfields, its total size in bytes must be specified.

   Non-bitfield values have a NAME and TYPE.

     <struct id="ID">
       <field name="NAME" type="TYPE"/>
       ...
     </struct>

   Both NAME and TYPE values are required.  No implicit padding is
added.

   Bitfield values have a NAME, START, END and TYPE.

     <struct id="ID" size="SIZE">
       <field name="NAME" start="START" end="END" type="TYPE"/>
       ...
     </struct>

     <flags id="ID" size="SIZE">
       <field name="NAME" start="START" end="END" type="TYPE"/>
       ...
     </flags>

   The NAME value is required.  Bitfield values may be named with the
empty string, '""', in which case the field is "filler" and its value is
not printed.  Not all bits need to be specified, so "filler" fields are
optional.

   The START and END values are required, and TYPE is optional.  The
field's START must be less than or equal to its END, and zero represents
the least significant bit.

   The default value of TYPE is 'bool' for single bit fields, and an
unsigned integer otherwise.

   Which to choose?  Structures or flags?

   Registers defined with 'flags' have these advantages over defining
them with 'struct':

   * Arithmetic may be performed on them as if they were integers.
   * They are printed in a more readable fashion.

   Registers defined with 'struct' have one advantage over defining them
with 'flags':

   * One can fetch individual fields like in 'C'.

          (gdb) print $my_struct_reg.field3
          $1 = 42

G.2.7 Registers
---------------

Each register is represented as an element with this form:

     <reg name="NAME"
          bitsize="SIZE"
          [regnum="NUM"]
          [save-restore="SAVE-RESTORE"]
          [type="TYPE"]
          [group="GROUP"]/>

The components are as follows:

NAME
     The register's name; it must be unique within the target
     description.

BITSIZE
     The register's size, in bits.

REGNUM
     The register's number.  If omitted, a register's number is one
     greater than that of the previous register (either in the current
     feature or in a preceding feature); the first register in the
     target description defaults to zero.  This register number is used
     to read or write the register; e.g. it is used in the remote 'p'
     and 'P' packets, and registers appear in the 'g' and 'G' packets in
     order of increasing register number.

SAVE-RESTORE
     Whether the register should be preserved across inferior function
     calls; this must be either 'yes' or 'no'.  The default is 'yes',
     which is appropriate for most registers except for some system
     control registers; this is not related to the target's ABI.

TYPE
     The type of the register.  It may be a predefined type, a type
     defined in the current feature, or one of the special types 'int'
     and 'float'.  'int' is an integer type of the correct size for
     BITSIZE, and 'float' is a floating point type (in the
     architecture's normal floating point format) of the correct size
     for BITSIZE.  The default is 'int'.

GROUP
     The register group to which this register belongs.  It can be one
     of the standard register groups 'general', 'float', 'vector' or an
     arbitrary string.  Group names should be limited to alphanumeric
     characters.  If a group name is made up of multiple words the words
     may be separated by hyphens; e.g. 'special-group' or
     'ultra-special-group'.  If no GROUP is specified, GDB will not
     display the register in 'info registers'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Predefined Target Types,  Next: Enum Target Types,  Prev: Target Description Format,  Up: Target Descriptions

G.3 Predefined Target Types
===========================

Type definitions in the self-description can build up composite types
from basic building blocks, but can not define fundamental types.
Instead, standard identifiers are provided by GDB for the fundamental
types.  The currently supported types are:

'bool'
     Boolean type, occupying a single bit.

'int8'
'int16'
'int24'
'int32'
'int64'
'int128'
     Signed integer types holding the specified number of bits.

'uint8'
'uint16'
'uint24'
'uint32'
'uint64'
'uint128'
     Unsigned integer types holding the specified number of bits.

'code_ptr'
'data_ptr'
     Pointers to unspecified code and data.  The program counter and any
     dedicated return address register may be marked as code pointers;
     printing a code pointer converts it into a symbolic address.  The
     stack pointer and any dedicated address registers may be marked as
     data pointers.

'ieee_half'
     Half precision IEEE floating point.

'ieee_single'
     Single precision IEEE floating point.

'ieee_double'
     Double precision IEEE floating point.

'bfloat16'
     The 16-bit "brain floating point" format used e.g. by x86 and ARM.

'arm_fpa_ext'
     The 12-byte extended precision format used by ARM FPA registers.

'i387_ext'
     The 10-byte extended precision format used by x87 registers.

'i386_eflags'
     32bit EFLAGS register used by x86.

'i386_mxcsr'
     32bit MXCSR register used by x86.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Enum Target Types,  Next: Standard Target Features,  Prev: Predefined Target Types,  Up: Target Descriptions

G.4 Enum Target Types
=====================

Enum target types are useful in 'struct' and 'flags' register
descriptions.  *Note Target Description Format::.

   Enum types have a name, size and a list of name/value pairs.

     <enum id="ID" size="SIZE">
       <evalue name="NAME" value="VALUE"/>
       ...
     </enum>

   Enums must be defined before they are used.

     <enum id="levels_type" size="4">
       <evalue name="low" value="0"/>
       <evalue name="high" value="1"/>
     </enum>
     <flags id="flags_type" size="4">
       <field name="X" start="0"/>
       <field name="LEVEL" start="1" end="1" type="levels_type"/>
     </flags>
     <reg name="flags" bitsize="32" type="flags_type"/>

   Given that description, a value of 3 for the 'flags' register would
be printed as:

     (gdb) info register flags
     flags 0x3 [ X LEVEL=high ]


File: gdb.info,  Node: Standard Target Features,  Prev: Enum Target Types,  Up: Target Descriptions

G.5 Standard Target Features
============================

A target description must contain either no registers or all the
target's registers.  If the description contains no registers, then GDB
will assume a default register layout, selected based on the
architecture.  If the description contains any registers, the default
layout will not be used; the standard registers must be described in the
target description, in such a way that GDB can recognize them.

   This is accomplished by giving specific names to feature elements
which contain standard registers.  GDB will look for features with those
names and verify that they contain the expected registers; if any known
feature is missing required registers, or if any required feature is
missing, GDB will reject the target description.  You can add additional
registers to any of the standard features -- GDB will display them just
as if they were added to an unrecognized feature.

   This section lists the known features and their expected contents.
Sample XML documents for these features are included in the GDB source
tree, in the directory 'gdb/features'.

   Names recognized by GDB should include the name of the company or
organization which selected the name, and the overall architecture to
which the feature applies; so e.g. the feature containing ARM core
registers is named 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.core'.

   The names of registers are not case sensitive for the purpose of
recognizing standard features, but GDB will only display registers using
the capitalization used in the description.

* Menu:

* AArch64 Features::
* ARC Features::
* ARM Features::
* i386 Features::
* LoongArch Features::
* MicroBlaze Features::
* MIPS Features::
* M68K Features::
* NDS32 Features::
* OpenRISC 1000 Features::
* PowerPC Features::
* RISC-V Features::
* RX Features::
* S/390 and System z Features::
* Sparc Features::
* TIC6x Features::


File: gdb.info,  Node: AArch64 Features,  Next: ARC Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.1 AArch64 Features
----------------------

G.5.1.1 AArch64 core registers feature
......................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.core' feature is required for AArch64 targets.
It must contain the following:

   - 'x0' through 'x30', the general purpose registers, with size of 64
     bits.  Register 'x30' is also known as the "link register", or
     'lr'.
   - 'sp', the stack pointer register or 'x31'.  It is 64 bits in size
     and has a type of 'data_ptr'.
   - 'pc', the program counter register.  It is 64 bits in size and has
     a type of 'code_ptr'.
   - 'cpsr', the current program status register.  It is 32 bits in size
     and has a custom flags type.

   The semantics of the individual flags and fields in 'cpsr' can change
as new architectural features are added.  The current layout can be
found in the aarch64-core.xml file.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.1.2 AArch64 floating-point registers feature
................................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.fpu' feature is optional.  If present, it must
contain the following registers:

   - 'v0' through 'v31', the vector registers with size of 128 bits.
     The type is a custom vector type.
   - 'fpsr', the floating-point status register.  It is 32 bits in size
     and has a custom flags type.
   - 'fpcr', the floating-point control register.  It is 32 bits in size
     and has a custom flags type.

   The semantics of the individual flags and fields in 'fpsr' and 'fpcr'
can change as new architectural features are added.

   The types for the vector registers, 'fpsr' and 'fpcr' registers can
be found in the aarch64-fpu.xml file.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.1.3 AArch64 SVE registers feature
.....................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.sve' feature is optional.  If present, it means
the target supports the Scalable Vector Extension and must contain the
following registers:

   - 'z0' through 'z31', the scalable vector registers.  Their sizes are
     variable and a multiple of 128 bits up to a maximum of 2048 bit.
     Their type is a custom union type that helps visualize different
     sizes of sub-vectors.
   - 'fpsr', the floating-point status register.  It is 32 bits in size
     and has a custom flags type.
   - 'fpcr', the floating-point control register.  It is 32 bits in size
     and has a custom flags type.
   - 'p0' through 'p15', the predicate registers.  Their sizes are
     variable, based on the current vector length, and a multiple of 16
     bits.  Their types are a custom union to help visualize
     sub-elements.
   - 'ffr', the First Fault register.  It has a variable size based on
     the current vector length and is a multiple of 16 bits.  The type
     is the same as the predicate registers.
   - 'vg', the vector granule.  It represents the number of 64 bits
     chunks in a 'z' register.  It is closely associated with the
     current vector length.  It has a type of 'int'.

   When GDB sees the SVE feature, it will assume the Scalable Vector
Extension is supported, and will adjust the sizes of the 'z', 'p' and
'ffr' registers accordingly, based on the value of 'vg'.

   GDB will also create pseudo-registers equivalent to the 'v' vector
registers from the 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.fpu' feature.

   The first 128 bits of the 'z' registers overlap the 128 bits of the
'v' registers, so changing one will trigger a change to the other.

   For the types of the 'z', 'p' and 'ffr' registers, please check the
aarch64-sve.c file.  No XML file is available for this feature because
it is dynamically generated based on the current vector length.

   The semantics of the individual flags and fields in 'fpsr' and 'fpcr'
can change as new architectural features are added.

   The types for the 'fpsr' and 'fpcr' registers can be found in the
aarch64-sve.c file, and should match what is described in
aarch64-fpu.xml.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.1.4 AArch64 Pointer Authentication registers feature
........................................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth' optional feature was introduced so GDB
could detect support for the Pointer Authentication extension.  If
present, it must contain one of two possible register sets.

   Pointer Authentication masks for user-mode:

   - 'pauth_dmask', the user-mode pointer authentication mask for data
     pointers.  It is 64 bits in size.
   - 'pauth_cmask', the user-mode pointer authentication mask for code
     pointers.  It is 64 bits in size.

   Pointer Authentication masks for user-mode and kernel-mode:

   - 'pauth_dmask', the user-mode pointer authentication mask for data
     pointers.  It is 64 bits in size.
   - 'pauth_cmask', the user-mode pointer authentication mask for code
     pointers.  It is 64 bits in size.
   - 'pauth_dmask_high', the kernel-mode pointer authentication mask for
     data pointers.  It is 64 bits in size.
   - 'pauth_cmask_high', the kernel-mode pointer authentication mask for
     code pointers.  It is 64 bits in size.

   If GDB sees any of the two sets of registers in this feature, it will
assume the target is capable of signing pointers.  If so, GDB will
decorate backtraces with a '[PAC]' marker alongside a function that has
a signed link register value that needs to be unmasked/decoded.

   GDB will also use the masks to remove non-address bits from pointers.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

   Please note the 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth' feature string is
deprecated and must only be used for backwards compatibility with older
releases of GDB and 'gdbserver'.  Targets that support Pointer
Authentication must advertise such capability by using the
'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth_v2' feature string instead.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth_v2' feature has the exact same
contents as feature 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth'.

   The reason for having feature 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth_v2' is a bug
in previous versions of GDB (versions 9, 10, 11 and 12).  This bug
caused GDB to crash whenever the target reported support for Pointer
Authentication (using feature string 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth') and
also reported additional system registers that were not accounted for by
GDB.  This is more common when using emulators and on bare-metal
debugging scenarios.

   It can also happen if a newer gdbserver is used with an old GDB that
has the bug.  In such a case, the newer gdbserver might report Pointer
Authentication support via the 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.pauth' feature
string and also report additional registers the older GDB does not know
about, potentially leading to a crash.

G.5.1.5 AArch64 TLS registers feature
.....................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.tls' optional feature was introduced to expose
the TLS registers to GDB.  If present, it must contain either one of the
following register sets.

   Only 'tpidr':

   - 'tpidr', the software thread id register.  It is 64 bits in size
     and has a type of 'data_ptr'.

   Both 'tpidr' and 'tpidr2'.

   - 'tpidr', the software thread id register.  It is 64 bits in size
     and has a type of 'data_ptr'.
   - 'tpidr2', the second software thread id register.  It is 64 bits in
     size and has a type of 'data_ptr'.  It may be used in the future
     alongside the Scalable Matrix Extension for a lazy restore scheme.

   If GDB sees this feature, it will attempt to find one of the
variations of the register set.  If 'tpidr2' is available, GDB may act
on it to display additional data in the future.

   There is no XML for this feature as the presence of 'tpidr2' is
determined dynamically at runtime.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.1.6 AArch64 MTE registers feature
.....................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.mte' optional feature was introduced so GDB
could detect support for the Memory Tagging Extension and control memory
tagging settings.  If present, this feature must have the following
register:

   - 'tag_ctl', the tag control register.  It is 64 bits in size and has
     a type of 'uint64'.

   Memory Tagging detection is done via a runtime check though, so the
presence of this feature and register is not enough to enable memory
tagging support.

   This restriction may be lifted in the future.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.1.7 AArch64 SME registers feature
.....................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.sme' feature is optional.  If present, it
should contain registers 'ZA', 'SVG' and 'SVCR'.  *Note AArch64 SME::.

   - 'ZA' is a register represented by a vector of SVLxSVL bytes.  *Note
     svl::.

   - 'SVG' is a 64-bit register containing the value of SVG.  *Note
     svg::.

   - 'SVCR' is a 64-bit status pseudo-register with two valid bits.  Bit
     0 (SM) shows whether the streaming SVE mode is enabled or disabled.
     Bit 1 (ZA) shows whether the 'ZA' register state is active (in use)
     or not.  *Note aarch64 sme svcr::.

     The rest of the unused bits of the 'SVCR' pseudo-register is
     undefined and reserved.  Such bits should not be used and may be
     defined by future extensions of the architecture.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.sme' feature is required when the target
also reports support for the 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.sme2' feature.

G.5.1.8 AArch64 SME2 registers feature
......................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.sme2' feature is optional.  If present, then
the 'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.sme' feature must also be present.  The
'org.gnu.gdb.aarch64.sme2' feature should contain the following: *Note
AArch64 SME2::.

   - 'ZT0' is a register of 512 bits (64 bytes).  It is defined as a
     vector of bytes.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.


File: gdb.info,  Node: ARC Features,  Next: ARM Features,  Prev: AArch64 Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.2 ARC Features
------------------

ARC processors are so configurable that even core registers and their
numbers are not predetermined completely.  Moreover, _flags_ and _PC_
registers, which are important to GDB, are not "core" registers in ARC.
Therefore, there are two features that their presence is mandatory:
'org.gnu.gdb.arc.core' and 'org.gnu.gdb.arc.aux'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.arc.core' feature is required for all targets.  It
must contain registers:

   - 'r0' through 'r25' for normal register file targets.
   - 'r0' through 'r3', and 'r10' through 'r15' for reduced register
     file targets.
   - 'gp', 'fp', 'sp', 'r30'(1), 'blink', 'lp_count', 'pcl'.

   In case of an ARCompact target (ARCv1 ISA), the
'org.gnu.gdb.arc.core' feature may contain registers 'ilink1' and
'ilink2'.  While in case of ARC EM and ARC HS targets (ARCv2 ISA),
register 'ilink' may be present.  The difference between ARCv1 and ARCv2
is the naming of registers _29th_ and _30th_.  They are called 'ilink1'
and 'ilink2' for ARCv1 and are optional.  For ARCv2, they are called
'ilink' and 'r30' and only 'ilink' is optional.  The optionality of
'ilink*' registers is because of their inaccessibility during user space
debugging sessions.

   Extension core registers 'r32' through 'r59' are optional and their
existence depends on the configuration.  When debugging GNU/Linux
applications, i.e. user space debugging, these core registers are not
available.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.arc.aux' feature is required for all ARC targets.
Here is the list of registers pertinent to this feature:

   - mandatory: 'pc' and 'status32'.
   - optional: 'lp_start', 'lp_end', and 'bta'.

   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1) Not necessary for ARCv1.


File: gdb.info,  Node: ARM Features,  Next: i386 Features,  Prev: ARC Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.3 ARM Features
------------------

G.5.3.1 Core register set for non-M-profile
...........................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.core' feature is required for non-M-profile ARM
targets.  It must contain the following registers:

   - 'r0' through 'r12'.  The general purpose registers.  They are 32
     bits in size and have a type of 'uint32'.
   - 'sp', the stack pointer register, also known as 'r13'.  It is 32
     bits in size and has a type of 'data_ptr'.
   - 'lr', the link register.  It is 32 bits in size.
   - 'pc', the program counter register.  It is 32 bit in size and of
     type 'code_ptr'.
   - 'cpsr', the current program status register containing all the
     status bits.  It is 32 bits in size.  Historically this register
     was hardwired to number 25, but debugging stubs that report XML do
     not need to use this number anymore.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.2 Core register set for M-profile
.......................................

For M-profile targets (e.g. Cortex-M3), the 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.core'
feature is replaced by 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.m-profile', and it is a required
feature.  It must contain the following registers:

   - 'r0' through 'r12', the general purpose registers.  They have a
     size of 32 bits and a type of 'uint32'.
   - 'sp', the stack pointer register, also known as 'r13'.  It has a
     size of 32 bits and a type of 'data_ptr'.
   - 'lr', the link register.  It has a size of 32 bits.
   - 'pc', the program counter register.  It has a size of 32 bits and a
     type of 'code_ptr'.
   - 'xpsr', the program status register containing all the status bits.
     It has a size of 32 bits.  Historically this register was hardwired
     to number 25, but debugging stubs that report XML do not need to
     use this number anymore.

   Upon seeing this feature, GDB will acknowledge that it is dealing
with an M-profile target.  This means GDB will use hooks and
configurations that are meaningful to M-profiles.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.3 FPA registers feature (obsolete)
........................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.fpa' feature is obsolete and should not be
advertised by debugging stubs anymore.  It used to advertise registers
for the old FPA architecture that has long been discontinued in
toolchains.

   It is kept in GDB for backward compatibility purposes so older
debugging stubs that don't support XML target descriptions still work
correctly.  One such example is the KGDB debugging stub from Linux or
BSD kernels.

   The description below is for historical purposes only.  This feature
used to contain the following registers:

   - 'f0' through 'f8'.  The floating point registers.  They are 96 bits
     in size and of type 'arm_fpa_ext'.  'f0' is pinned to register
     number 16.
   - 'fps', the status register.  It has a size of 32 bits.

G.5.3.4 M-profile Vector Extension (MVE)
........................................

Also known as Helium, the M-profile Vector Extension is advertised via
the optional 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.m-profile-mve' feature.

   It must contain the following:

   - 'vpr', the vector predication status and control register.  It is
     32 bits in size and has a custom flags type.  The flags type is
     laid out in a way that exposes the 'P0' field from bits 0 to 15,
     the 'MASK01' field from bits 16 to 19 and the 'MASK23' field from
     bits 20 to 23.

     Bits 24 through 31 are reserved.

   When this feature is available, GDB will synthesize the 'p0'
pseudo-register from 'vpr' contents.

   This feature must only be advertised if the target is M-profile.
Advertising this feature for targets that are not M-profile may cause
GDB to assume the target is M-profile when it isn't.

   If the 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.vfp' feature is available alongside the
'org.gnu.gdb.arm.m-profile-mve' feature, GDB will synthesize the 'q'
pseudo-registers from 'd' register contents.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.5 XScale iwMMXt feature
.............................

The XScale 'org.gnu.gdb.xscale.iwmmxt' feature is optional.  If present,
it must contain the following:

   - 'wR0' through 'wR15', registers with size 64 bits and a custom type
     'iwmmxt_vec64i'.  'iwmmxt_vec64i' is a union of four other types:
     'uint64', a 2-element vector of 'uint32', a 4-element vector of
     'uint16' and a 8-element vector of 'uint8'.
   - 'wCGR0' through 'wCGR3', registers with size 32 bits and type
     'int'.

   The following registers are optional:

   - 'wCID', register with size of 32 bits and type 'int'.
   - 'wCon', register with size 32 bits and type 'int'.
   - 'wCSSF', register with size 32 bits and type 'int'.
   - 'wCASF', register with size 32 bit and type 'int'.

   This feature should only be reported if the target is XScale.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.6 Vector Floating-Point (VFP) feature
...........................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.vfp' feature is optional.  If present, it should
contain one of two possible sets of values depending on whether VFP
version 2 or VFP version 3 is in use.

   For VFP v2:

   - 'd0' through 'd15'.  The double-precision registers.  They are 64
     bits in size and have type 'ieee_double'.
   - 'fpscr', the floating-point status and control register.  It has a
     size of 32 bits and a type of 'int'.

   For VFP v3:

   - 'd0' through 'd31'.  The double-precision registers.  They are 64
     bits in size and have type 'ieee_double'.
   - 'fpscr', the floating-point status and control register.  It has a
     size of 32 bits and a type of 'int'.

   If this feature is available, GDB will synthesize the
single-precision floating-point registers from halves of the
double-precision registers as pseudo-registers.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.7 NEON architecture feature
.................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.neon' feature is optional.  It does not need to
contain registers; it instructs GDB to display the VFP double-precision
registers as vectors and to synthesize the quad-precision registers from
pairs of double-precision registers.  If this feature is present,
'org.gnu.gdb.arm.vfp' must also be present and include 32
double-precision registers.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.8 M-profile Pointer Authentication and Branch Target Identification feature
.................................................................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.m-profile-pacbti' feature is optional, and
acknowledges support for the ARMv8.1-m PACBTI extensions.

   This feature doesn't contain any required registers, and it only
serves as a hint to GDB that the debugging stub supports the ARMv8.1-m
PACBTI extensions.

   When GDB sees this feature, it will track return address signing
states and will decorate backtraces using the [PAC] marker, similar to
AArch64's PAC extension.  *Note AArch64 PAC::.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.9 M-profile system registers feature
..........................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.m-system' optional feature was introduced as a way
to inform GDB about additional system registers.

   At the moment this feature must contain the following:

   - 'msp', the main stack pointer register.  It is 32 bits in size with
     type 'data_ptr'.
   - 'psp', the process stack pointer register.  It is 32 bits in size
     with type 'data_ptr'.

   This feature must only be advertised for M-profile targets.  When GDB
sees this feature, it will attempt to track the values of 'msp' and
'psp' across frames.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.10 M-profile Security Extensions feature
..............................................

The 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.secext' optional feature was introduced so GDB
could better support the switching of stack pointers and secure states
in the Security Extensions.

   At the moment this feature must contain the following:

   - 'msp_ns', the main stack pointer register (non-secure state).  It
     is 32 bits in size with type 'data_ptr'.
   - 'psp_ns', the process stack pointer register (non-secure state).
     It is 32 bits in size with type 'data_ptr'.
   - 'msp_s', the main stack pointer register (secure state).  It is 32
     bits in size with type 'data_ptr'.
   - 'psp_s', the process stack pointer register (secure state).  It is
     32 bits in size with type 'data_ptr'.

   When GDB sees this feature, it will attempt to track the values of
all 4 stack pointers across secure state transitions, potentially
improving unwinding when applications switch between security states.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.

G.5.3.11 TLS registers feature
..............................

The optional 'org.gnu.gdb.arm.tls' feature contains TLS registers.

   Currently it contains the following:

   - 'tpidruro', the user read-only thread id register.  It is 32 bits
     in size and has type 'data_ptr'.

   At the moment GDB looks for this feature, but doesn't do anything
with it other than displaying it.

   Extra registers are allowed in this feature, but they will not affect
GDB.


File: gdb.info,  Node: i386 Features,  Next: LoongArch Features,  Prev: ARM Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.4 i386 Features
-------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.i386.core' feature is required for i386/amd64 targets.
It should describe the following registers:

   - 'eax' through 'edi' plus 'eip' for i386
   - 'rax' through 'r15' plus 'rip' for amd64
   - 'eflags', 'cs', 'ss', 'ds', 'es', 'fs', 'gs'
   - 'st0' through 'st7'
   - 'fctrl', 'fstat', 'ftag', 'fiseg', 'fioff', 'foseg', 'fooff' and
     'fop'

   The register sets may be different, depending on the target.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.i386.sse' feature is optional.  It should describe
registers:

   - 'xmm0' through 'xmm7' for i386
   - 'xmm0' through 'xmm15' for amd64
   - 'mxcsr'

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.i386.avx' feature is optional and requires the
'org.gnu.gdb.i386.sse' feature.  It should describe the upper 128 bits
of YMM registers:

   - 'ymm0h' through 'ymm7h' for i386
   - 'ymm0h' through 'ymm15h' for amd64

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.i386.linux' feature is optional.  It should describe
a single register, 'orig_eax'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.i386.segments' feature is optional.  It should
describe two system registers: 'fs_base' and 'gs_base'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.i386.avx512' feature is optional and requires the
'org.gnu.gdb.i386.avx' feature.  It should describe additional XMM
registers:

   - 'xmm16' through 'xmm31', only valid for amd64.

   It should describe the upper 128 bits of additional YMM registers:

   - 'ymm16h' through 'ymm31h', only valid for amd64.

   It should describe the upper 256 bits of ZMM registers:

   - 'zmm0h' through 'zmm7h' for i386.
   - 'zmm0h' through 'zmm15h' for amd64.

   It should describe the additional ZMM registers:

   - 'zmm16h' through 'zmm31h', only valid for amd64.

   It should describe the additional 64-bit K registers:

   - 'k0' through 'k7', valid for amd64 and i386.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.i386.pkeys' feature is optional.  It should describe
a single register, 'pkru'.  It is a 32-bit register valid for i386 and
amd64.


File: gdb.info,  Node: LoongArch Features,  Next: MicroBlaze Features,  Prev: i386 Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.5 LoongArch Features
------------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.loongarch.base' feature is required for LoongArch
targets.  It should contain the registers 'r0' through 'r31', 'pc', and
'badv'.  Either the architectural names ('r0', 'r1', etc) can be used,
or the ABI names ('zero', 'ra', etc).

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.loongarch.fpu' feature is optional.  If present, it
should contain registers 'f0' through 'f31', 'fcc', and 'fcsr'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: MicroBlaze Features,  Next: MIPS Features,  Prev: LoongArch Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.6 MicroBlaze Features
-------------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.microblaze.core' feature is required for MicroBlaze
targets.  It should contain registers 'r0' through 'r31', 'rpc', 'rmsr',
'rear', 'resr', 'rfsr', 'rbtr', 'rpvr', 'rpvr1' through 'rpvr11',
'redr', 'rpid', 'rzpr', 'rtlbx', 'rtlbsx', 'rtlblo', and 'rtlbhi'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.microblaze.stack-protect' feature is optional.  If
present, it should contain registers 'rshr' and 'rslr'


File: gdb.info,  Node: MIPS Features,  Next: M68K Features,  Prev: MicroBlaze Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.7 MIPS Features
-------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.mips.cpu' feature is required for MIPS targets.  It
should contain registers 'r0' through 'r31', 'lo', 'hi', and 'pc'.  They
may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.mips.cp0' feature is also required.  It should
contain at least the 'status', 'badvaddr', and 'cause' registers.  They
may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.mips.fpu' feature is currently required, though it
may be optional in a future version of GDB.  It should contain registers
'f0' through 'f31', 'fcsr', and 'fir'.  They may be 32-bit or 64-bit
depending on the target.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.mips.dsp' feature is optional.  It should contain
registers 'hi1' through 'hi3', 'lo1' through 'lo3', and 'dspctl'.  The
'dspctl' register should be 32-bit and the rest may be 32-bit or 64-bit
depending on the target.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.mips.linux' feature is optional.  It should contain
a single register, 'restart', which is used by the Linux kernel to
control restartable syscalls.


File: gdb.info,  Node: M68K Features,  Next: NDS32 Features,  Prev: MIPS Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.8 M68K Features
-------------------

''org.gnu.gdb.m68k.core''
''org.gnu.gdb.coldfire.core''
''org.gnu.gdb.fido.core''
     One of those features must be always present.  The feature that is
     present determines which flavor of m68k is used.  The feature that
     is present should contain registers 'd0' through 'd7', 'a0' through
     'a5', 'fp', 'sp', 'ps' and 'pc'.

''org.gnu.gdb.coldfire.fp''
     This feature is optional.  If present, it should contain registers
     'fp0' through 'fp7', 'fpcontrol', 'fpstatus' and 'fpiaddr'.

     Note that, despite the fact that this feature's name says
     'coldfire', it is used to describe any floating point registers.
     The size of the registers must match the main m68k flavor; so, for
     example, if the primary feature is reported as 'coldfire', then
     64-bit floating point registers are required.


File: gdb.info,  Node: NDS32 Features,  Next: OpenRISC 1000 Features,  Prev: M68K Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.9 NDS32 Features
--------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.nds32.core' feature is required for NDS32 targets.  It
should contain at least registers 'r0' through 'r10', 'r15', 'fp', 'gp',
'lp', 'sp', and 'pc'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.nds32.fpu' feature is optional.  If present, it
should contain 64-bit double-precision floating-point registers 'fd0'
through _fdN_, which should be 'fd3', 'fd7', 'fd15', or 'fd31' based on
the FPU configuration implemented.

   _Note:_ The first sixteen 64-bit double-precision floating-point
registers are overlapped with the thirty-two 32-bit single-precision
floating-point registers.  The 32-bit single-precision registers, if not
being listed explicitly, will be synthesized from halves of the
overlapping 64-bit double-precision registers.  Listing 32-bit
single-precision registers explicitly is deprecated, and the support to
it could be totally removed some day.


File: gdb.info,  Node: OpenRISC 1000 Features,  Next: PowerPC Features,  Prev: NDS32 Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.10 Openrisc 1000 Features
-----------------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0' feature is required for OpenRISC 1000
targets.  It should contain the 32 general purpose registers ('r0'
through 'r31'), 'ppc', 'npc' and 'sr'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: PowerPC Features,  Next: RISC-V Features,  Prev: OpenRISC 1000 Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.11 PowerPC Features
-----------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.core' feature is required for PowerPC targets.
It should contain registers 'r0' through 'r31', 'pc', 'msr', 'cr', 'lr',
'ctr', and 'xer'.  They may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.fpu' feature is optional.  It should contain
registers 'f0' through 'f31' and 'fpscr'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.altivec' feature is optional.  It should
contain registers 'vr0' through 'vr31', 'vscr', and 'vrsave'.  GDB will
define pseudo-registers 'v0' through 'v31' as aliases for the
corresponding 'vrX' registers.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.vsx' feature is optional.  It should contain
registers 'vs0h' through 'vs31h'.  GDB will combine these registers with
the floating point registers ('f0' through 'f31') and the altivec
registers ('vr0' through 'vr31') to present the 128-bit wide registers
'vs0' through 'vs63', the set of vector-scalar registers for POWER7.
Therefore, this feature requires both 'org.gnu.gdb.power.fpu' and
'org.gnu.gdb.power.altivec'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.spe' feature is optional.  It should contain
registers 'ev0h' through 'ev31h', 'acc', and 'spefscr'.  SPE targets
should provide 32-bit registers in 'org.gnu.gdb.power.core' and provide
the upper halves in 'ev0h' through 'ev31h'.  GDB will combine these to
present registers 'ev0' through 'ev31' to the user.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.ppr' feature is optional.  It should contain
the 64-bit register 'ppr'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.dscr' feature is optional.  It should contain
the 64-bit register 'dscr'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.tar' feature is optional.  It should contain
the 64-bit register 'tar'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.ebb' feature is optional.  It should contain
registers 'bescr', 'ebbhr' and 'ebbrr', all 64-bit wide.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.linux.pmu' feature is optional.  It should
contain registers 'mmcr0', 'mmcr2', 'siar', 'sdar' and 'sier', all
64-bit wide.  This is the subset of the isa 2.07 server PMU registers
provided by GNU/Linux.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.spr' feature is optional.  It should
contain registers 'tfhar', 'texasr' and 'tfiar', all 64-bit wide.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.core' feature is optional.  It should
contain the checkpointed general-purpose registers 'cr0' through 'cr31',
as well as the checkpointed registers 'clr' and 'cctr'.  These registers
may all be either 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.  It should
also contain the checkpointed registers 'ccr' and 'cxer', which should
both be 32-bit wide.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.fpu' feature is optional.  It should
contain the checkpointed 64-bit floating-point registers 'cf0' through
'cf31', as well as the checkpointed 64-bit register 'cfpscr'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.altivec' feature is optional.  It should
contain the checkpointed altivec registers 'cvr0' through 'cvr31', all
128-bit wide.  It should also contain the checkpointed registers 'cvscr'
and 'cvrsave', both 32-bit wide.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.vsx' feature is optional.  It should
contain registers 'cvs0h' through 'cvs31h'.  GDB will combine these
registers with the checkpointed floating point registers ('cf0' through
'cf31') and the checkpointed altivec registers ('cvr0' through 'cvr31')
to present the 128-bit wide checkpointed vector-scalar registers 'cvs0'
through 'cvs63'.  Therefore, this feature requires both
'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.altivec' and 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.fpu'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.ppr' feature is optional.  It should
contain the 64-bit checkpointed register 'cppr'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.dscr' feature is optional.  It should
contain the 64-bit checkpointed register 'cdscr'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.power.htm.tar' feature is optional.  It should
contain the 64-bit checkpointed register 'ctar'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: RISC-V Features,  Next: RX Features,  Prev: PowerPC Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.12 RISC-V Features
----------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.riscv.cpu' feature is required for RISC-V targets.  It
should contain the registers 'x0' through 'x31', and 'pc'.  Either the
architectural names ('x0', 'x1', etc) can be used, or the ABI names
('zero', 'ra', etc).

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.riscv.fpu' feature is optional.  If present, it
should contain registers 'f0' through 'f31', 'fflags', 'frm', and
'fcsr'.  As with the cpu feature, either the architectural register
names, or the ABI names can be used.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.riscv.virtual' feature is optional.  If present, it
should contain registers that are not backed by real registers on the
target, but are instead virtual, where the register value is derived
from other target state.  In many ways these are like GDBs
pseudo-registers, except implemented by the target.  Currently the only
register expected in this set is the one byte 'priv' register that
contains the target's privilege level in the least significant two bits.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.riscv.csr' feature is optional.  If present, it
should contain all of the target's standard CSRs.  Standard CSRs are
those defined in the RISC-V specification documents.  There is some
overlap between this feature and the fpu feature; the 'fflags', 'frm',
and 'fcsr' registers could be in either feature.  The expectation is
that these registers will be in the fpu feature if the target has
floating point hardware, but can be moved into the csr feature if the
target has the floating point control registers, but no other floating
point hardware.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.riscv.vector' feature is optional.  If present, it
should contain registers 'v0' through 'v31', all of which must be the
same size.


File: gdb.info,  Node: RX Features,  Next: S/390 and System z Features,  Prev: RISC-V Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.13 RX Features
------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.rx.core' feature is required for RX targets.  It should
contain the registers 'r0' through 'r15', 'usp', 'isp', 'psw', 'pc',
'intb', 'bpsw', 'bpc', 'fintv', 'fpsw', and 'acc'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: S/390 and System z Features,  Next: Sparc Features,  Prev: RX Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.14 S/390 and System z Features
----------------------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.core' feature is required for S/390 and System z
targets.  It should contain the PSW and the 16 general registers.  In
particular, System z targets should provide the 64-bit registers 'pswm',
'pswa', and 'r0' through 'r15'.  S/390 targets should provide the 32-bit
versions of these registers.  A System z target that runs in 31-bit
addressing mode should provide 32-bit versions of 'pswm' and 'pswa', as
well as the general register's upper halves 'r0h' through 'r15h', and
their lower halves 'r0l' through 'r15l'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.fpr' feature is required.  It should contain
the 64-bit registers 'f0' through 'f15', and 'fpc'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.acr' feature is required.  It should contain
the 32-bit registers 'acr0' through 'acr15'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.linux' feature is optional.  It should contain
the register 'orig_r2', which is 64-bit wide on System z targets and
32-bit otherwise.  In addition, the feature may contain the 'last_break'
register, whose width depends on the addressing mode, as well as the
'system_call' register, which is always 32-bit wide.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.tdb' feature is optional.  It should contain
the 64-bit registers 'tdb0', 'tac', 'tct', 'atia', and 'tr0' through
'tr15'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.vx' feature is optional.  It should contain
64-bit wide registers 'v0l' through 'v15l', which will be combined by
GDB with the floating point registers 'f0' through 'f15' to present the
128-bit wide vector registers 'v0' through 'v15'.  In addition, this
feature should contain the 128-bit wide vector registers 'v16' through
'v31'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.gs' feature is optional.  It should contain the
64-bit wide guarded-storage-control registers 'gsd', 'gssm', and
'gsepla'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.s390.gsbc' feature is optional.  It should contain
the 64-bit wide guarded-storage broadcast control registers 'bc_gsd',
'bc_gssm', and 'bc_gsepla'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Sparc Features,  Next: TIC6x Features,  Prev: S/390 and System z Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.15 Sparc Features
---------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.sparc.cpu' feature is required for sparc32/sparc64
targets.  It should describe the following registers:

   - 'g0' through 'g7'
   - 'o0' through 'o7'
   - 'l0' through 'l7'
   - 'i0' through 'i7'

   They may be 32-bit or 64-bit depending on the target.

   Also the 'org.gnu.gdb.sparc.fpu' feature is required for
sparc32/sparc64 targets.  It should describe the following registers:

   - 'f0' through 'f31'
   - 'f32' through 'f62' for sparc64

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.sparc.cp0' feature is required for sparc32/sparc64
targets.  It should describe the following registers:

   - 'y', 'psr', 'wim', 'tbr', 'pc', 'npc', 'fsr', and 'csr' for sparc32
   - 'pc', 'npc', 'state', 'fsr', 'fprs', and 'y' for sparc64


File: gdb.info,  Node: TIC6x Features,  Prev: Sparc Features,  Up: Standard Target Features

G.5.16 TMS320C6x Features
-------------------------

The 'org.gnu.gdb.tic6x.core' feature is required for TMS320C6x targets.
It should contain registers 'A0' through 'A15', registers 'B0' through
'B15', 'CSR' and 'PC'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.tic6x.gp' feature is optional.  It should contain
registers 'A16' through 'A31' and 'B16' through 'B31'.

   The 'org.gnu.gdb.tic6x.c6xp' feature is optional.  It should contain
registers 'TSR', 'ILC' and 'RILC'.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Operating System Information,  Next: Trace File Format,  Prev: Target Descriptions,  Up: Top

Appendix H Operating System Information
***************************************

Users of GDB often wish to obtain information about the state of the
operating system running on the target--for example the list of
processes, or the list of open files.  This section describes the
mechanism that makes it possible.  This mechanism is similar to the
target features mechanism (*note Target Descriptions::), but focuses on
a different aspect of target.

   Operating system information is retrieved from the target via the
remote protocol, using 'qXfer' requests (*note qXfer osdata read::).
The object name in the request should be 'osdata', and the ANNEX
identifies the data to be fetched.

* Menu:

* Process list::


File: gdb.info,  Node: Process list,  Up: Operating System Information

H.1 Process list
================

When requesting the process list, the ANNEX field in the 'qXfer' request
should be 'processes'.  The returned data is an XML document.  The
formal syntax of this document is defined in 'gdb/features/osdata.dtd'.

   An example document is:

     <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <!DOCTYPE target SYSTEM "osdata.dtd">
     <osdata type="processes">
       <item>
         <column name="pid">1</column>
         <column name="user">root</column>
         <column name="command">/sbin/init</column>
         <column name="cores">1,2,3</column>
       </item>
     </osdata>

   Each item should include a column whose name is 'pid'.  The value of
that column should identify the process on the target.  The 'user' and
'command' columns are optional, and will be displayed by GDB.  The
'cores' column, if present, should contain a comma-separated list of
cores that this process is running on.  Target may provide additional
columns, which GDB currently ignores.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Trace File Format,  Next: Index Section Format,  Prev: Operating System Information,  Up: Top

Appendix I Trace File Format
****************************

The trace file comes in three parts: a header, a textual description
section, and a trace frame section with binary data.

   The header has the form '\x7fTRACE0\n'.  The first byte is '0x7f' so
as to indicate that the file contains binary data, while the '0' is a
version number that may have different values in the future.

   The description section consists of multiple lines of ASCII text
separated by newline characters ('0xa').  The lines may include a
variety of optional descriptive or context-setting information, such as
tracepoint definitions or register set size.  GDB will ignore any line
that it does not recognize.  An empty line marks the end of this
section.

'R SIZE'
     Specifies the size of a register block in bytes.  This is equal to
     the size of a 'g' packet payload in the remote protocol.  SIZE is
     an ascii decimal number.  There should be only one such line in a
     single trace file.

'status STATUS'
     Trace status.  STATUS has the same format as a 'qTStatus' remote
     packet reply.  There should be only one such line in a single trace
     file.

'tp PAYLOAD'
     Tracepoint definition.  The PAYLOAD has the same format as
     'qTfP'/'qTsP' remote packet reply payload.  A single tracepoint may
     take multiple lines of definition, corresponding to the multiple
     reply packets.

'tsv PAYLOAD'
     Trace state variable definition.  The PAYLOAD has the same format
     as 'qTfV'/'qTsV' remote packet reply payload.  A single variable
     may take multiple lines of definition, corresponding to the
     multiple reply packets.

'tdesc PAYLOAD'
     Target description in XML format.  The PAYLOAD is a single line of
     the XML file.  All such lines should be concatenated together to
     get the original XML file.  This file is in the same format as
     'qXfer' 'features' payload, and corresponds to the main
     'target.xml' file.  Includes are not allowed.

   The trace frame section consists of a number of consecutive frames.
Each frame begins with a two-byte tracepoint number, followed by a
four-byte size giving the amount of data in the frame.  The data in the
frame consists of a number of blocks, each introduced by a character
indicating its type (at least register, memory, and trace state
variable).  The data in this section is raw binary, not a hexadecimal or
other encoding; its endianness matches the target's endianness.

'R BYTES'
     Register block.  The number and ordering of bytes matches that of a
     'g' packet in the remote protocol.  Note that these are the actual
     bytes, in target order, not a hexadecimal encoding.

'M ADDRESS LENGTH BYTES...'
     Memory block.  This is a contiguous block of memory, at the 8-byte
     address ADDRESS, with a 2-byte length LENGTH, followed by LENGTH
     bytes.

'V NUMBER VALUE'
     Trace state variable block.  This records the 8-byte signed value
     VALUE of trace state variable numbered NUMBER.

   Future enhancements of the trace file format may include additional
types of blocks.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Index Section Format,  Next: Debuginfod,  Prev: Trace File Format,  Up: Top

Appendix J '.gdb_index' section format
**************************************

This section documents the index section that is created by 'save
gdb-index' (*note Index Files::).  The index section is DWARF-specific;
some knowledge of DWARF is assumed in this description.

   The mapped index file format is designed to be directly 'mmap'able on
any architecture.  In most cases, a datum is represented using a
little-endian 32-bit integer value, called an 'offset_type'.  Big endian
machines must byte-swap the values before using them.  Exceptions to
this rule are noted.  The data is laid out such that alignment is always
respected.

   A mapped index consists of several areas, laid out in order.

  1. The file header.  This is a sequence of values, of 'offset_type'
     unless otherwise noted:

       1. The version number, currently 9.  Versions 1, 2 and 3 are
          obsolete.  Version 4 uses a different hashing function from
          versions 5 and 6.  Version 6 includes symbols for inlined
          functions, whereas versions 4 and 5 do not.  Version 7 adds
          attributes to the CU indices in the symbol table.  Version 8
          specifies that symbols from DWARF type units
          ('DW_TAG_type_unit') refer to the type unit's symbol table and
          not the compilation unit ('DW_TAG_comp_unit') using the type.
          Version 9 adds the name and the language of the main function
          to the index.

          GDB will only read version 4, 5, or 6 indices by specifying
          'set use-deprecated-index-sections on'.  GDB has a workaround
          for potentially broken version 7 indices so it is currently
          not flagged as deprecated.

       2. The offset, from the start of the file, of the CU list.

       3. The offset, from the start of the file, of the types CU list.
          Note that this area can be empty, in which case this offset
          will be equal to the next offset.

       4. The offset, from the start of the file, of the address area.

       5. The offset, from the start of the file, of the symbol table.

       6. The offset, from the start of the file, of the shortcut table.

       7. The offset, from the start of the file, of the constant pool.

  2. The CU list.  This is a sequence of pairs of 64-bit little-endian
     values, sorted by the CU offset.  The first element in each pair is
     the offset of a CU in the '.debug_info' section.  The second
     element in each pair is the length of that CU. References to a CU
     elsewhere in the map are done using a CU index, which is just the
     0-based index into this table.  Note that if there are type CUs,
     then conceptually CUs and type CUs form a single list for the
     purposes of CU indices.

  3. The types CU list.  This is a sequence of triplets of 64-bit
     little-endian values.  In a triplet, the first value is the CU
     offset, the second value is the type offset in the CU, and the
     third value is the type signature.  The types CU list is not
     sorted.

  4. The address area.  The address area consists of a sequence of
     address entries.  Each address entry has three elements:

       1. The low address.  This is a 64-bit little-endian value.

       2. The high address.  This is a 64-bit little-endian value.  Like
          'DW_AT_high_pc', the value is one byte beyond the end.

       3. The CU index.  This is an 'offset_type' value.

  5. The symbol table.  This is an open-addressed hash table.  The size
     of the hash table is always a power of 2.

     Each slot in the hash table consists of a pair of 'offset_type'
     values.  The first value is the offset of the symbol's name in the
     constant pool.  The second value is the offset of the CU vector in
     the constant pool.

     If both values are 0, then this slot in the hash table is empty.
     This is ok because while 0 is a valid constant pool index, it
     cannot be a valid index for both a string and a CU vector.

     The hash value for a table entry is computed by applying an
     iterative hash function to the symbol's name.  Starting with an
     initial value of 'r = 0', each (unsigned) character 'c' in the
     string is incorporated into the hash using the formula depending on
     the index version:

     Version 4
          The formula is 'r = r * 67 + c - 113'.

     Versions 5 to 7
          The formula is 'r = r * 67 + tolower (c) - 113'.

     The terminating '\0' is not incorporated into the hash.

     The step size used in the hash table is computed via '((hash * 17)
     & (size - 1)) | 1', where 'hash' is the hash value, and 'size' is
     the size of the hash table.  The step size is used to find the next
     candidate slot when handling a hash collision.

     The names of C++ symbols in the hash table are canonicalized.  We
     don't currently have a simple description of the canonicalization
     algorithm; if you intend to create new index sections, you must
     read the code.

  6. The shortcut table This is a data structure with the following
     fields:

     Language of main
          An 'offset_type' value indicating the language of the main
          function as a 'DW_LANG_' constant.  This value will be zero if
          main function information is not present.

     Name of main
          An 'offset_type' value indicating the offset of the main
          function's name in the constant pool.  This value must be
          ignored if the value for the language of main is zero.

  7. The constant pool.  This is simply a bunch of bytes.  It is
     organized so that alignment is correct: CU vectors are stored
     first, followed by strings.

     A CU vector in the constant pool is a sequence of 'offset_type'
     values.  The first value is the number of CU indices in the vector.
     Each subsequent value is the index and symbol attributes of a CU in
     the CU list.  This element in the hash table is used to indicate
     which CUs define the symbol and how the symbol is used.  See below
     for the format of each CU index+attributes entry.

     A string in the constant pool is zero-terminated.

   Attributes were added to CU index values in '.gdb_index' version 7.
If a symbol has multiple uses within a CU then there is one CU
index+attributes value for each use.

   The format of each CU index+attributes entry is as follows (bit 0 =
LSB):

Bits 0-23
     This is the index of the CU in the CU list.
Bits 24-27
     These bits are reserved for future purposes and must be zero.
Bits 28-30
     The kind of the symbol in the CU.

     0
          This value is reserved and should not be used.  By reserving
          zero the full 'offset_type' value is backwards compatible with
          previous versions of the index.
     1
          The symbol is a type.
     2
          The symbol is a variable or an enum value.
     3
          The symbol is a function.
     4
          Any other kind of symbol.
     5,6,7
          These values are reserved.

Bit 31
     This bit is zero if the value is global and one if it is static.

     The determination of whether a symbol is global or static is
     complicated.  The authoritative reference is the file
     'dwarf2read.c' in GDB sources.

   This pseudo-code describes the computation of a symbol's kind and
global/static attributes in the index.

     is_external = get_attribute (die, DW_AT_external);
     language = get_attribute (cu_die, DW_AT_language);
     switch (die->tag)
       {
       case DW_TAG_typedef:
       case DW_TAG_base_type:
       case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
         kind = TYPE;
         is_static = 1;
         break;
       case DW_TAG_enumerator:
         kind = VARIABLE;
         is_static = language != CPLUS;
         break;
       case DW_TAG_subprogram:
         kind = FUNCTION;
         is_static = ! (is_external || language == ADA);
         break;
       case DW_TAG_constant:
         kind = VARIABLE;
         is_static = ! is_external;
         break;
       case DW_TAG_variable:
         kind = VARIABLE;
         is_static = ! is_external;
         break;
       case DW_TAG_namespace:
         kind = TYPE;
         is_static = 0;
         break;
       case DW_TAG_class_type:
       case DW_TAG_interface_type:
       case DW_TAG_structure_type:
       case DW_TAG_union_type:
       case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
         kind = TYPE;
         is_static = language != CPLUS;
         break;
       default:
         assert (0);
       }


File: gdb.info,  Node: Debuginfod,  Next: Man Pages,  Prev: Index Section Format,  Up: Top

Appendix K Download debugging resources with Debuginfod
*******************************************************

'debuginfod' is an HTTP server for distributing ELF, DWARF and source
files.

   With the 'debuginfod' client library, 'libdebuginfod', GDB can query
servers using the build IDs associated with missing debug info,
executables and source files in order to download them on demand.

   For instructions on building GDB with 'libdebuginfod', *note
-with-debuginfod: Configure Options.  'debuginfod' is packaged with
'elfutils', starting with version 0.178.  See
<https://sourceware.org/elfutils/Debuginfod.html> for more information
regarding 'debuginfod'.

* Menu:

* Debuginfod Settings::         Configuring debuginfod with GDB


File: gdb.info,  Node: Debuginfod Settings,  Up: Debuginfod

K.1 Debuginfod Settings
=======================

GDB provides the following commands for configuring 'debuginfod'.

'set debuginfod enabled'
'set debuginfod enabled on'
     GDB may query 'debuginfod' servers for missing debug info and
     source files.  GDB may also download individual ELF/DWARF sections
     such as '.gdb_index' to help reduce the total amount of data
     downloaded from 'debuginfod' servers; this can be controlled by
     'maint set debuginfod download-sections' (*note maint set
     debuginfod download-sections: Maintenance Commands.).

'set debuginfod enabled off'
     GDB will not attempt to query 'debuginfod' servers when missing
     debug info or source files.  By default, 'debuginfod enabled' is
     set to 'off' for non-interactive sessions.

'set debuginfod enabled ask'
     GDB will prompt the user to enable or disable 'debuginfod' before
     attempting to perform the next query.  By default, 'debuginfod
     enabled' is set to 'ask' for interactive sessions.

'show debuginfod enabled'
     Display whether 'debuginfod enabled' is set to 'on', 'off' or
     'ask'.

'set debuginfod urls'
'set debuginfod urls URLS'
     Set the space-separated list of URLs that 'debuginfod' will attempt
     to query.  Only 'http://', 'https://' and 'file://' protocols
     should be used.  The default value of 'debuginfod urls' is copied
     from the DEBUGINFOD_URLS environment variable.

'show debuginfod urls'
     Display the list of URLs that 'debuginfod' will attempt to query.

'set debuginfod verbose'
'set debuginfod verbose N'
     Enable or disable 'debuginfod'-related output.  Use a non-zero
     value to enable and '0' to disable.  'debuginfod' output is shown
     by default.

'show debuginfod verbose'
     Show the current verbosity setting.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Man Pages,  Next: Copying,  Prev: Debuginfod,  Up: Top

Appendix L Manual pages
***********************

* Menu:

* gdb man::                     The GNU Debugger man page
* gdbserver man::               Remote Server for the GNU Debugger man page
* gcore man::                   Generate a core file of a running program
* gstack man::                  Print a stack trace of a running program
* gdbinit man::                 gdbinit scripts
* gdb-add-index man::           Add index files to speed up GDB


File: gdb.info,  Node: gdb man,  Next: gdbserver man,  Up: Man Pages

gdb man
=======

gdb [OPTIONS] [PROG|PROG PROCID|PROG CORE]

   The purpose of a debugger such as GDB is to allow you to see what is
going on "inside" another program while it executes - or what another
program was doing at the moment it crashed.

   GDB can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
these) to help you catch bugs in the act:

   * Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its
     behavior.

   * Make your program stop on specified conditions.

   * Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.

   * Change things in your program, so you can experiment with
     correcting the effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.

   You can use GDB to debug programs written in C, C++, Fortran and
Modula-2.

   GDB is invoked with the shell command 'gdb'.  Once started, it reads
commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit with the GDB
command 'quit' or 'exit'.  You can get online help from GDB itself by
using the command 'help'.

   You can run 'gdb' with no arguments or options; but the most usual
way to start GDB is with one argument or two, specifying an executable
program as the argument:

     gdb program

   You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
specified:

     gdb program core

   You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument or use
option '-p', if you want to debug a running process:

     gdb program 1234
     gdb -p 1234

would attach GDB to process '1234'.  With option '-p' you can omit the
PROGRAM filename.

   Here are some of the most frequently needed GDB commands:

'break [FILE:][FUNCTION|LINE]'
     Set a breakpoint at FUNCTION or LINE (in FILE).

'run [ARGLIST]'
     Start your program (with ARGLIST, if specified).

'bt'
     Backtrace: display the program stack.

'print EXPR'
     Display the value of an expression.

'c'
     Continue running your program (after stopping, e.g. at a
     breakpoint).

'next'
     Execute next program line (after stopping); step _over_ any
     function calls in the line.

'edit [FILE:]FUNCTION'
     look at the program line where it is presently stopped.

'list [FILE:]FUNCTION'
     type the text of the program in the vicinity of where it is
     presently stopped.

'step'
     Execute next program line (after stopping); step _into_ any
     function calls in the line.

'help [NAME]'
     Show information about GDB command NAME, or general information
     about using GDB.

'quit'
'exit'
     Exit from GDB.

   Any arguments other than options specify an executable file and core
file (or process ID); that is, the first argument encountered with no
associated option flag is equivalent to a '--se' option, and the second,
if any, is equivalent to a '-c' option if it's the name of a file.  Many
options have both long and abbreviated forms; both are shown here.  The
long forms are also recognized if you truncate them, so long as enough
of the option is present to be unambiguous.

   The abbreviated forms are shown here with '-' and long forms are
shown with '--' to reflect how they are shown in '--help'.  However, GDB
recognizes all of the following conventions for most options:

'--option=VALUE'
'--option VALUE'
'-option=VALUE'
'-option VALUE'
'--o=VALUE'
'--o VALUE'
'-o=VALUE'
'-o VALUE'

   All the options and command line arguments you give are processed in
sequential order.  The order makes a difference when the '-x' option is
used.

'--help'
'-h'
     List all options, with brief explanations.

'--symbols=FILE'
'-s FILE'
     Read symbol table from FILE.

'--write'
     Enable writing into executable and core files.

'--exec=FILE'
'-e FILE'
     Use FILE as the executable file to execute when appropriate, and
     for examining pure data in conjunction with a core dump.

'--se=FILE'
     Read symbol table from FILE and use it as the executable file.

'--core=FILE'
'-c FILE'
     Use FILE as a core dump to examine.

'--command=FILE'
'-x FILE'
     Execute GDB commands from FILE.

'--eval-command=COMMAND'
'-ex COMMAND'
     Execute given GDB COMMAND.

'--init-eval-command=COMMAND'
'-iex'
     Execute GDB COMMAND before loading the inferior.

'--directory=DIRECTORY'
'-d DIRECTORY'
     Add DIRECTORY to the path to search for source files.

'--nh'
     Do not execute commands from '~/.config/gdb/gdbinit', '~/.gdbinit',
     '~/.config/gdb/gdbearlyinit', or '~/.gdbearlyinit'

'--nx'
'-n'
     Do not execute commands from any '.gdbinit' or '.gdbearlyinit'
     initialization files.

'--quiet'
'--silent'
'-q'
     "Quiet".  Do not print the introductory and copyright messages.
     These messages are also suppressed in batch mode.

'--batch'
     Run in batch mode.  Exit with status '0' after processing all the
     command files specified with '-x' (and '.gdbinit', if not
     inhibited).  Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in
     executing the GDB commands in the command files.

     Batch mode may be useful for running GDB as a filter, for example
     to download and run a program on another computer; in order to make
     this more useful, the message

          Program exited normally.

     (which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under GDB
     control terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.

'--batch-silent'
     Run in batch mode, just like '--batch', but totally silent.  All
     GDB output is suppressed (stderr is unaffected).  This is much
     quieter than '--silent' and would be useless for an interactive
     session.

     This is particularly useful when using targets that give 'Loading
     section' messages, for example.

     Note that targets that give their output via GDB, as opposed to
     writing directly to 'stdout', will also be made silent.

'--args PROG [ARGLIST]'
     Change interpretation of command line so that arguments following
     this option are passed as arguments to the inferior.  As an
     example, take the following command:

          gdb ./a.out -q

     It would start GDB with '-q', not printing the introductory
     message.  On the other hand, using:

          gdb --args ./a.out -q

     starts GDB with the introductory message, and passes the option to
     the inferior.

'--pid=PID'
     Attach GDB to an already running program, with the PID PID.

'--tui'
     Open the terminal user interface.

'--readnow'
     Read all symbols from the given symfile on the first access.

'--readnever'
     Do not read symbol files.

'--return-child-result'
     GDB's exit code will be the same as the child's exit code.

'--configuration'
     Print details about GDB configuration and then exit.

'--version'
     Print version information and then exit.

'--cd=DIRECTORY'
     Run GDB using DIRECTORY as its working directory, instead of the
     current directory.

'--data-directory=DIRECTORY'
'-D'
     Run GDB using DIRECTORY as its data directory.  The data directory
     is where GDB searches for its auxiliary files.

'--fullname'
'-f'
     Emacs sets this option when it runs GDB as a subprocess.  It tells
     GDB to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
     recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
     includes each time the program stops).  This recognizable format
     looks like two '\032' characters, followed by the file name, line
     number and character position separated by colons, and a newline.
     The Emacs-to-GDB interface program uses the two '\032' characters
     as a signal to display the source code for the frame.

'-b BAUDRATE'
     Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
     interface used by GDB for remote debugging.

'-l TIMEOUT'
     Set timeout, in seconds, for remote debugging.

'--tty=DEVICE'
     Run using DEVICE for your program's standard input and output.


File: gdb.info,  Node: gdbserver man,  Next: gcore man,  Prev: gdb man,  Up: Man Pages

gdbserver man
=============

gdbserver COMM PROG [ARGS...]

gdbserver -attach COMM PID

gdbserver -multi COMM

   'gdbserver' is a program that allows you to run GDB on a different
machine than the one which is running the program being debugged.

Usage (server (target) side)
----------------------------

First, you need to have a copy of the program you want to debug put onto
the target system.  The program can be stripped to save space if needed,
as 'gdbserver' doesn't care about symbols.  All symbol handling is taken
care of by the GDB running on the host system.

   To use the server, you log on to the target system, and run the
'gdbserver' program.  You must tell it (a) how to communicate with GDB,
(b) the name of your program, and (c) its arguments.  The general syntax
is:

     target> gdbserver COMM PROGRAM [ARGS ...]

   For example, using a serial port, you might say:

     target> gdbserver /dev/com1 emacs foo.txt

   This tells 'gdbserver' to debug emacs with an argument of foo.txt,
and to communicate with GDB via '/dev/com1'.  'gdbserver' now waits
patiently for the host GDB to communicate with it.

   To use a TCP connection, you could say:

     target> gdbserver host:2345 emacs foo.txt

   This says pretty much the same thing as the last example, except that
we are going to communicate with the 'host' GDB via TCP. The 'host:2345'
argument means that we are expecting to see a TCP connection from 'host'
to local TCP port 2345.  (Currently, the 'host' part is ignored.)  You
can choose any number you want for the port number as long as it does
not conflict with any existing TCP ports on the target system.  This
same port number must be used in the host GDBs 'target remote' command,
which will be described shortly.  Note that if you chose a port number
that conflicts with another service, 'gdbserver' will print an error
message and exit.

   'gdbserver' can also attach to running programs.  This is
accomplished via the '--attach' argument.  The syntax is:

     target> gdbserver --attach COMM PID

   PID is the process ID of a currently running process.  It isn't
necessary to point 'gdbserver' at a binary for the running process.

   To start 'gdbserver' without supplying an initial command to run or
process ID to attach, use the '--multi' command line option.  In such
case you should connect using 'target extended-remote' to start the
program you want to debug.

     target> gdbserver --multi COMM

Usage (host side)
-----------------

You need an unstripped copy of the target program on your host system,
since GDB needs to examine its symbol tables and such.  Start up GDB as
you normally would, with the target program as the first argument.  (You
may need to use the '--baud' option if the serial line is running at
anything except 9600 baud.)  That is 'gdb TARGET-PROG', or 'gdb --baud
BAUD TARGET-PROG'.  After that, the only new command you need to know
about is 'target remote' (or 'target extended-remote').  Its argument is
either a device name (usually a serial device, like '/dev/ttyb'), or a
'HOST:PORT' descriptor.  For example:

     (gdb) target remote /dev/ttyb

communicates with the server via serial line '/dev/ttyb', and:

     (gdb) target remote the-target:2345

communicates via a TCP connection to port 2345 on host 'the-target',
where you previously started up 'gdbserver' with the same port number.
Note that for TCP connections, you must start up 'gdbserver' prior to
using the 'target remote' command, otherwise you may get an error that
looks something like 'Connection refused'.

   'gdbserver' can also debug multiple inferiors at once, described in
*note Inferiors Connections and Programs::.  In such case use the
'extended-remote' GDB command variant:

     (gdb) target extended-remote the-target:2345

   The 'gdbserver' option '--multi' may or may not be used in such case.

   There are three different modes for invoking 'gdbserver':

   * Debug a specific program specified by its program name:

          gdbserver COMM PROG [ARGS...]

     The COMM parameter specifies how should the server communicate with
     GDB; it is either a device name (to use a serial line), a TCP port
     number (':1234'), or '-' or 'stdio' to use stdin/stdout of
     'gdbserver'.  Specify the name of the program to debug in PROG.
     Any remaining arguments will be passed to the program verbatim.
     When the program exits, GDB will close the connection, and
     'gdbserver' will exit.

   * Debug a specific program by specifying the process ID of a running
     program:

          gdbserver --attach COMM PID

     The COMM parameter is as described above.  Supply the process ID of
     a running program in PID; GDB will do everything else.  Like with
     the previous mode, when the process PID exits, GDB will close the
     connection, and 'gdbserver' will exit.

   * Multi-process mode - debug more than one program/process:

          gdbserver --multi COMM

     In this mode, GDB can instruct 'gdbserver' which command(s) to run.
     Unlike the other 2 modes, GDB will not close the connection when a
     process being debugged exits, so you can debug several processes in
     the same session.

   In each of the modes you may specify these options:

'--help'
     List all options, with brief explanations.

'--version'
     This option causes 'gdbserver' to print its version number and
     exit.

'--attach'
     'gdbserver' will attach to a running program.  The syntax is:

          target> gdbserver --attach COMM PID

     PID is the process ID of a currently running process.  It isn't
     necessary to point 'gdbserver' at a binary for the running process.

'--multi'
     To start 'gdbserver' without supplying an initial command to run or
     process ID to attach, use this command line option.  Then you can
     connect using 'target extended-remote' and start the program you
     want to debug.  The syntax is:

          target> gdbserver --multi COMM

'--debug[=option1,option2,...]'
     Instruct 'gdbserver' to display extra status information about the
     debugging process.  This option is intended for 'gdbserver'
     development and for bug reports to the developers.

     Each OPTION is the name of a component for which debugging should
     be enabled.  The list of possible options is 'all', 'threads',
     'event-loop', 'remote'.  The special option 'all' enables all
     components.  The option list is processed left to right, and an
     option can be prefixed with the '-' character to disable output for
     that component, so you could write:

          target> gdbserver --debug=all,-event-loop

     to turn on debug output for all components except 'event-loop'.  If
     no options are passed to '--debug' then this is treated as
     equivalent to '--debug=threads'.  This could change in future
     releases of 'gdbserver'.

'--debug-file=FILENAME'
     Instruct 'gdbserver' to send any debug output to the given
     FILENAME.  This option is intended for 'gdbserver' development and
     for bug reports to the developers.

'--debug-format=option1[,option2,...]'
     Instruct 'gdbserver' to include extra information in each line of
     debugging output.  *Note Other Command-Line Arguments for
     gdbserver::.

'--wrapper'
     Specify a wrapper to launch programs for debugging.  The option
     should be followed by the name of the wrapper, then any
     command-line arguments to pass to the wrapper, then '--' indicating
     the end of the wrapper arguments.

'--once'
     By default, 'gdbserver' keeps the listening TCP port open, so that
     additional connections are possible.  However, if you start
     'gdbserver' with the '--once' option, it will stop listening for
     any further connection attempts after connecting to the first GDB
     session.


File: gdb.info,  Node: gcore man,  Next: gstack man,  Prev: gdbserver man,  Up: Man Pages

gcore
=====

gcore [-a] [-o PREFIX] [-d DIRECTORY] PID1 [PID2...PIDN]

   Generate core dumps of one or more running programs with process IDs
PID1, PID2, etc.  A core file produced by 'gcore' is equivalent to one
produced by the kernel when the process crashes (and when 'ulimit -c'
was used to set up an appropriate core dump limit).  However, unlike
after a crash, after 'gcore' finishes its job the program remains
running without any change.

'-a'
     Dump all memory mappings.  The actual effect of this option depends
     on the Operating System.  On GNU/Linux, it will disable
     'use-coredump-filter' (*note set use-coredump-filter::) and enable
     'dump-excluded-mappings' (*note set dump-excluded-mappings::).

'-o PREFIX'
     The optional argument PREFIX specifies the prefix to be used when
     composing the file names of the core dumps.  The file name is
     composed as 'PREFIX.PID', where PID is the process ID of the
     running program being analyzed by 'gcore'.  If not specified,
     PREFIX defaults to GCORE.

'-d DIRECTORY'
     Use DIRECTORY as the data directory when invoking GDB for running
     the gcore command.  This argument is optional.


File: gdb.info,  Node: gstack man,  Next: gdbinit man,  Prev: gcore man,  Up: Man Pages

gstack
======

gstack [-h | -help] [-v | -version] PID

   Print a stack trace of a running program with process ID PID.  If the
process is multi-threaded, 'gstack' outputs backtraces for every thread
which exists in the process.

   The script invokes GDB, attaches to the given process ID, prints the
stack trace, and detaches from the process.

   'gstack' exits with non-zero status if 'gdb' was unable to attach to
the given process ID for any reason, such as a non-existent process ID
or insufficient privileges to attach to the process.

'--help'
'-h'
     List all options, with brief explanations.

'--version'
'-v'
     Print version information and then exit.

'AWK'
     Full file name for an Awk interpreter to use.  If not set, 'PATH'
     will be searched for an 'awk' program.

'GDB'
     Full file name for a GDB executable to use to generate stack
     backtraces.  If not set, 'PATH' will be searched for a 'gdb'
     program.

'GDBARGS'
     Optional arguments to be passed to the 'gdb' program.


File: gdb.info,  Node: gdbinit man,  Next: gdb-add-index man,  Prev: gstack man,  Up: Man Pages

gdbinit
=======



~/.config/gdb/gdbinit

~/.gdbinit

./.gdbinit

   These files contain GDB commands to automatically execute during GDB
startup.  The lines of contents are canned sequences of commands,
described in *note Sequences::.

   Please read more in *note Startup::.

'(not enabled with --with-system-gdbinit during compilation)'
     System-wide initialization file.  It is executed unless user
     specified GDB option '-nx' or '-n'.  See more in
'(not enabled with --with-system-gdbinit-dir during compilation)'
     System-wide initialization directory.  All files in this directory
     are executed on startup unless user specified GDB option '-nx' or
     '-n', as long as they have a recognized file extension.  See more
     in *note System-wide configuration::.

'~/.config/gdb/gdbinit or ~/.gdbinit'
     User initialization file.  It is executed unless user specified GDB
     options '-nx', '-n' or '-nh'.

'.gdbinit'
     Initialization file for current directory.  It may need to be
     enabled with GDB security command 'set auto-load local-gdbinit'.
     See more in *note Init File in the Current Directory::.


File: gdb.info,  Node: gdb-add-index man,  Prev: gdbinit man,  Up: Man Pages

gdb-add-index
=============

gdb-add-index [-dwarf-5] FILENAME

   When GDB finds a symbol file, it scans the symbols in the file in
order to construct an internal symbol table.  This lets most GDB
operations work quickly-at the cost of a delay early on.  For large
programs, this delay can be quite lengthy, so GDB provides a way to
build an index, which speeds up startup.

   To determine whether a file contains such an index, use the command
'readelf -S filename': the index is stored in a section named
'.gdb_index' (pre-DWARF 5) or '.debug_names' and '.debug_str' (DWARF 5).
Indexes can only be produced on systems which use ELF binaries and DWARF
debug information (i.e., sections named '.debug_*').

   By default 'gdb-add-index' will add a pre-DWARF 5 '.gdb_index'
section to FILENAME.  With '-dwarf-5' DWARF 5 sections are added
instead.

   FILENAME must be writable.

   'gdb-add-index' uses GDB, 'objcopy', and 'readelf' found in the
'PATH' environment variable.  If you want to use different versions of
these programs, you can specify them through the appropriate environment
variables (see below).

   'gdb-add-index' exits with status 0 if it succeeds in creating the
index for FILENAME or greater than 0 if an error occurs.

   See more in *note Index Files::.

'-dwarf-5'
     Add DWARF 5 sections instead of previous '.debug_index' section.

'GDB'
     Full file name of the 'gdb' program to use for index generation.
     If not set, the 'PATH' will be searched for a 'gdb' program.

'OBJCOPY'
     Full file name of the 'objcopy' program to use to copy section
     information into the given file.  If not set, the 'PATH' will be
     searched for a 'objcopy' program.

'READELF'
     Full file name of the 'readelf' program to use to inspect
     properties of the given file.  If not set, the 'PATH' will be
     searched for a 'readelf' program.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Copying,  Next: GNU Free Documentation License,  Prev: Man Pages,  Up: Top

Appendix M GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
*************************************

                        Version 3, 29 June 2007

     Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>

     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
     license document, but changing it is not allowed.

Preamble
========

The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software
and other kinds of works.

   The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
your programs, too.

   When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

   To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

   For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.

   Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

   For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.

   Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

   Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

   The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
====================

  0. Definitions.

     "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public
     License.

     "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other
     kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks.

     "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
     License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
     "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

     To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the
     work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the
     making of an exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified
     version" of the earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

     A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work
     based on the Program.

     To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
     permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
     infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on
     a computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes
     copying, distribution (with or without modification), making
     available to the public, and in some countries other activities as
     well.

     To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
     parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user
     through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not
     conveying.

     An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
     to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
     feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
     tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to
     the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey
     the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this
     License.  If the interface presents a list of user commands or
     options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this
     criterion.

  1. Source Code.

     The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
     for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
     form of a work.

     A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an
     official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in
     the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming
     language, one that is widely used among developers working in that
     language.

     The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything,
     other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal
     form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that
     Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with
     that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for
     which an implementation is available to the public in source code
     form.  A "Major Component", in this context, means a major
     essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the
     specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work
     runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code
     interpreter used to run it.

     The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
     the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
     work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts
     to control those activities.  However, it does not include the
     work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally
     available free programs which are used unmodified in performing
     those activities but which are not part of the work.  For example,
     Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated
     with source files for the work, and the source code for shared
     libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is
     specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data
     communication or control flow between those subprograms and other
     parts of the work.

     The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can
     regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
     Source.

     The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
     same work.

  2. Basic Permissions.

     All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
     copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
     conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
     permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running
     a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given
     its content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges
     your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by
     copyright law.

     You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
     convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise
     remains in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the
     sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you,
     or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided
     that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all
     material for which you do not control copyright.  Those thus making
     or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your
     behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit
     them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside
     their relationship with you.

     Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
     the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section
     10 makes it unnecessary.

  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.

     No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
     measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under
     article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December
     1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of
     such measures.

     When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
     circumvention of technological measures to the extent such
     circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License
     with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to
     limit operation or modification of the work as a means of
     enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal
     rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures.

  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.

     You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
     receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
     appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
     keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
     non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the
     code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and
     give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

     You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
     and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.

  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.

     You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
     produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
     terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these
     conditions:

       a. The work must carry prominent notices stating that you
          modified it, and giving a relevant date.

       b. The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
          released under this License and any conditions added under
          section 7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in
          section 4 to "keep intact all notices".

       c. You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
          License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
          License will therefore apply, along with any applicable
          section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all
          its parts, regardless of how they are packaged.  This License
          gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but
          it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately
          received it.

       d. If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
          Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has
          interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal
          Notices, your work need not make them do so.

     A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
     works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered
     work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger
     program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is
     called an "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting
     copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the
     compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
     Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this
     License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate.

  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

     You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
     of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
     machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this
     License, in one of these ways:

       a. Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
          (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
          Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
          customarily used for software interchange.

       b. Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
          (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
          written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
          long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that
          product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code
          either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the
          software in the product that is covered by this License, on a
          durable physical medium customarily used for software
          interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of
          physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access
          to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no
          charge.

       c. Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
          written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
          alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially,
          and only if you received the object code with such an offer,
          in accord with subsection 6b.

       d. Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
          place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to
          the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same
          place at no further charge.  You need not require recipients
          to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code.
          If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the
          Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by
          you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying
          facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the
          object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source.
          Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you
          remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as
          needed to satisfy these requirements.

       e. Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission,
          provided you inform other peers where the object code and
          Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the
          general public at no charge under subsection 6d.

     A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is
     excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need
     not be included in conveying the object code work.

     A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means
     any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal,
     family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for
     incorporation into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is
     a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of
     coverage.  For a particular product received by a particular user,
     "normally used" refers to a typical or common use of that class of
     product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the
     way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is
     expected to use, the product.  A product is a consumer product
     regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial,
     industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the
     only significant mode of use of the product.

     "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
     procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to
     install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that
     User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source.
     The information must suffice to ensure that the continued
     functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or
     interfered with solely because modification has been made.

     If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with,
     or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying
     occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession
     and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in
     perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction
     is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this
     section must be accompanied by the Installation Information.  But
     this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party
     retains the ability to install modified object code on the User
     Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM).

     The requirement to provide Installation Information does not
     include a requirement to continue to provide support service,
     warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed
     by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been
     modified or installed.  Access to a network may be denied when the
     modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation
     of the network or violates the rules and protocols for
     communication across the network.

     Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information
     provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is
     publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the
     public in source code form), and must require no special password
     or key for unpacking, reading or copying.

  7. Additional Terms.

     "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of
     this License by making exceptions from one or more of its
     conditions.  Additional permissions that are applicable to the
     entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in
     this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable
     law.  If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program,
     that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the
     entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to
     the additional permissions.

     When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
     remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part
     of it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
     removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
     additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
     for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material
     you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright
     holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with
     terms:

       a. Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from
          the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or

       b. Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices
          or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate
          Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or

       c. Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material,
          or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked
          in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

       d. Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors
          or authors of the material; or

       e. Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
          trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or

       f. Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
          material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified
          versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to
          the recipient, for any liability that these contractual
          assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors.

     All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
     restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as
     you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that
     it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further
     restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document
     contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying
     under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed
     by the terms of that license document, provided that the further
     restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying.

     If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
     must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
     additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
     where to find the applicable terms.

     Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in
     the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
     the above requirements apply either way.

  8. Termination.

     You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
     provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
     modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights
     under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the
     third paragraph of section 11).

     However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
     license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
     provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
     finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
     copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
     reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.

     Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
     reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
     violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
     received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
     that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
     after your receipt of the notice.

     Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
     the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
     under this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not
     permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses
     for the same material under section 10.

  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

     You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
     run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
     occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer
     transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require
     acceptance.  However, nothing other than this License grants you
     permission to propagate or modify any covered work.  These actions
     infringe copyright if you do not accept this License.  Therefore,
     by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your
     acceptance of this License to do so.

  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

     Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
     receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
     propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not
     responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this
     License.

     An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
     organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
     organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a
     covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
     transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
     licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or
     could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession
     of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in
     interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable
     efforts.

     You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
     rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you
     may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise
     of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate
     litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit)
     alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using,
     selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion
     of it.

  11. Patents.

     A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
     License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.
     The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor
     version".

     A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
     owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
     hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner,
     permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its
     contributor version, but do not include claims that would be
     infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the
     contributor version.  For purposes of this definition, "control"
     includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner
     consistent with the requirements of this License.

     Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide,
     royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential
     patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and
     otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor
     version.

     In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any
     express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to
     enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a
     patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement).  To "grant"
     such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or
     commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.

     If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent
     license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available
     for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this
     License, through a publicly available network server or other
     readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the
     Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive
     yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular
     work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements
     of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream
     recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge
     that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work
     in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a
     country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
     country that you have reason to believe are valid.

     If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
     arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
     covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
     receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate,
     modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the
     patent license you grant is automatically extended to all
     recipients of the covered work and works based on it.

     A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
     the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
     conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that
     are specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a
     covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third
     party that is in the business of distributing software, under which
     you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your
     activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party
     grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work
     from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with
     copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from
     those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific
     products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you
     entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted,
     prior to 28 March 2007.

     Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
     any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
     otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

     If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement
     or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they
     do not excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you
     cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your
     obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations,
     then as a consequence you may not convey it at all.  For example,
     if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for
     further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the
     only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would
     be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
     permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
     under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a
     single combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms
     of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the
     covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero
     General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through
     a network will apply to the combination as such.

  14. Revised Versions of this License.

     The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
     versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such
     new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but
     may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.

     Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
     Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU
     General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you
     have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
     that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free
     Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version
     number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any
     version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.

     If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
     versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that
     proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
     authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.

     Later license versions may give you additional or different
     permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
     author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
     later version.

  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

     THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
     APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE
     COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS"
     WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
     INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
     MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE
     RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.
     SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
     NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  16. Limitation of Liability.

     IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
     WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES
     AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
     DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
     CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE
     THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA
     BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
     PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
     PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
     THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.

     If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
     above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
     reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely
     approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in
     connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of
     liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
===========================

How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
=============================================

If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
terms.

   To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

     ONE LINE TO GIVE THE PROGRAM'S NAME AND A BRIEF IDEA OF WHAT IT DOES.
     Copyright (C) YEAR NAME OF AUTHOR

     This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at
     your option) any later version.

     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
     WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
     General Public License for more details.

     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

   Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
mail.

   If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

     PROGRAM Copyright (C) YEAR NAME OF AUTHOR
     This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type 'show w'.
     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
     under certain conditions; type 'show c' for details.

   The hypothetical commands 'show w' and 'show c' should show the
appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your
program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would
use an "about box".

   You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary.  For more information on this, and how to apply and follow
the GNU GPL, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

   The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your
program into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine
library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary
applications with the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the
GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License.  But first,
please read <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.


File: gdb.info,  Node: GNU Free Documentation License,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: Copying,  Up: Top

Appendix N GNU Free Documentation License
*****************************************

                     Version 1.3, 3 November 2008

     Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     <http://fsf.org/>

     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

  0. PREAMBLE

     The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
     functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
     assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
     with or without modifying it, either commercially or
     noncommercially.  Secondarily, this License preserves for the
     author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
     being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

     This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
     works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
     It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
     license designed for free software.

     We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
     free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
     free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
     that the software does.  But this License is not limited to
     software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
     of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.  We
     recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
     instruction or reference.

  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

     This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
     that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
     be distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice
     grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
     to use that work under the conditions stated herein.  The
     "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work.  Any member
     of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You accept
     the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
     requiring permission under copyright law.

     A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
     Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
     modifications and/or translated into another language.

     A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
     of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
     publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
     subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
     fall directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document
     is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
     explain any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of
     historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
     of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
     regarding them.

     The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
     titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
     notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
     If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
     is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may
     contain zero Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify
     any Invariant Sections then there are none.

     The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
     listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
     that says that the Document is released under this License.  A
     Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
     be at most 25 words.

     A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
     represented in a format whose specification is available to the
     general public, that is suitable for revising the document
     straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
     of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
     available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
     formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
     suitable for input to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise
     Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
     been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
     readers is not Transparent.  An image format is not Transparent if
     used for any substantial amount of text.  A copy that is not
     "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

     Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
     ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
     SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
     simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
     Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
     Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
     edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
     the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
     the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
     processors for output purposes only.

     The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
     plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
     material this License requires to appear in the title page.  For
     works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
     Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
     work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

     The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
     of the Document to the public.

     A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
     whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
     following text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ
     stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
     "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
     To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
     Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
     to this definition.

     The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
     which states that this License applies to the Document.  These
     Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
     this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
     implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
     has no effect on the meaning of this License.

  2. VERBATIM COPYING

     You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
     commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
     copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
     applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
     add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You
     may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
     or further copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However,
     you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.  If you
     distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
     conditions in section 3.

     You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
     and you may publicly display copies.

  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

     If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
     have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
     the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
     enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
     these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
     Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly
     and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies.  The
     front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
     equally prominent and visible.  You may add other material on the
     covers in addition.  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
     long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
     conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.

     If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
     legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
     reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
     adjacent pages.

     If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
     numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
     Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
     each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
     network-using public has access to download using public-standard
     network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
     of added material.  If you use the latter option, you must take
     reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
     copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
     remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
     year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
     through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.

     It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
     the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
     to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
     Document.

  4. MODIFICATIONS

     You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
     under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
     release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
     Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
     distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
     possesses a copy of it.  In addition, you must do these things in
     the Modified Version:

       A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
          distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
          versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
          History section of the Document).  You may use the same title
          as a previous version if the original publisher of that
          version gives permission.

       B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
          entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
          the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
          principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
          authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
          from this requirement.

       C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
          Modified Version, as the publisher.

       D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.

       E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
          adjacent to the other copyright notices.

       F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
          notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
          Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
          the Addendum below.

       G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
          Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
          license notice.

       H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.

       I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
          and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
          authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
          Title Page.  If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
          Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
          publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
          an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
          previous sentence.

       J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
          for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
          likewise the network locations given in the Document for
          previous versions it was based on.  These may be placed in the
          "History" section.  You may omit a network location for a work
          that was published at least four years before the Document
          itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
          to gives permission.

       K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
          Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
          all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
          acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.

       L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
          in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers or the
          equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.

       M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
          may not be included in the Modified Version.

       N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
          "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
          Section.

       O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.

     If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
     appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
     material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
     some or all of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their
     titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
     license notice.  These titles must be distinct from any other
     section titles.

     You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
     nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
     parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
     has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
     definition of a standard.

     You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
     and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
     the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage
     of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
     through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document
     already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
     by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
     behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
     one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
     the old one.

     The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
     License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
     assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

     You may combine the Document with other documents released under
     this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
     modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
     of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
     unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
     combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
     their Warranty Disclaimers.

     The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
     multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
     copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
     but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
     by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
     original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
     unique number.  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
     the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
     combined work.

     In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
     "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
     Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
     "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You
     must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."

  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

     You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
     documents released under this License, and replace the individual
     copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
     that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
     rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
     in all other respects.

     You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
     distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
     a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
     License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
     document.

  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

     A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
     separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
     storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
     copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
     legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
     works permit.  When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
     License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
     are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

     If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
     copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
     of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
     on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
     electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
     form.  Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
     the whole aggregate.

  8. TRANSLATION

     Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
     distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
     4.  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
     permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
     translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
     original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
     translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
     Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
     include the original English version of this License and the
     original versions of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a
     disagreement between the translation and the original version of
     this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
     prevail.

     If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
     "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
     Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
     actual title.

  9. TERMINATION

     You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
     except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
     otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
     and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.

     However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
     license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
     provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
     finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
     copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
     reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.

     Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
     reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
     violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
     received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
     that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
     after your receipt of the notice.

     Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
     the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
     under this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not
     permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
     same material does not give you any rights to use it.

  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

     The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
     the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
     versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
     differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
     <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/>.

     Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
     number.  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
     version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
     have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
     that specified version or of any later version that has been
     published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the
     Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
     choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
     Software Foundation.  If the Document specifies that a proxy can
     decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
     proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
     authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.

  11. RELICENSING

     "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
     World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
     provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.  A
     public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
     A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
     site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
     site.

     "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
     license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
     corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
     California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
     published by that same organization.

     "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
     in part, as part of another Document.

     An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
     License, and if all works that were first published under this
     License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
     incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
     texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
     to November 1, 2008.

     The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
     site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
     2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.

ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
====================================================

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
notices just after the title page:

       Copyright (C)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
       under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
       or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
       with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
       Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
       Free Documentation License''.

   If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
Texts, replace the "with...Texts."  line with this:

         with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
         the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
         being LIST.

   If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.

   If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
their use in free software.


File: gdb.info,  Node: Concept Index,  Next: Command and Variable Index,  Prev: GNU Free Documentation License,  Up: Top

Concept Index
*************

[index]
* Menu:

* ! packet:                              Packets.            (line   49)
* "No symbol "foo" in current context":  Variables.          (line  122)
* # in Modula-2:                         GDB/M2.             (line   18)
* $:                                     Value History.      (line   13)
* $$:                                    Value History.      (line   13)
* $_ and info breakpoints:               Set Breaks.         (line  244)
* $_ and info line:                      Machine Code.       (line   35)
* $_, $__, and value history:            Memory.             (line  136)
* &, background execution of commands:   Background Execution.
                                                             (line   16)
* --annotate:                            Mode Options.       (line  110)
* --args:                                Mode Options.       (line  123)
* --attach, gdbserver option:            Server.             (line   86)
* --batch:                               Mode Options.       (line   33)
* --batch-silent:                        Mode Options.       (line   51)
* --baud:                                Mode Options.       (line  129)
* --cd:                                  Mode Options.       (line   90)
* --command:                             File Options.       (line   56)
* --configuration:                       Mode Options.       (line  173)
* --core:                                File Options.       (line   48)
* --data-directory:                      Mode Options.       (line   95)
* --debug, gdbserver option:             Server.             (line  146)
* --debug-file, gdbserver option:        Server.             (line  174)
* --debug-format, gdbserver option:      Server.             (line  178)
* --directory:                           File Options.       (line   92)
* --early-init-command:                  File Options.       (line   82)
* --early-init-eval-command:             File Options.       (line   87)
* --eval-command:                        File Options.       (line   62)
* --exec:                                File Options.       (line   40)
* --fullname:                            Mode Options.       (line  100)
* --init-command:                        File Options.       (line   72)
* --init-eval-command:                   File Options.       (line   77)
* --interpreter:                         Mode Options.       (line  148)
* --multi, gdbserver option:             Connecting.         (line   45)
* --nh:                                  Mode Options.       (line   15)
* --nowindows:                           Mode Options.       (line   80)
* --nx:                                  Mode Options.       (line   11)
* --once, gdbserver option:              Server.             (line  126)
* --pid:                                 File Options.       (line   52)
* --quiet:                               Mode Options.       (line   23)
* --readnever, command-line option:      File Options.       (line  102)
* --readnow:                             File Options.       (line   96)
* --return-child-result:                 Mode Options.       (line   63)
* --se:                                  File Options.       (line   44)
* --selftest:                            Server.             (line  212)
* --silent:                              Mode Options.       (line   23)
* --statistics:                          Mode Options.       (line  165)
* --symbols:                             File Options.       (line   36)
* --tty:                                 Mode Options.       (line  138)
* --tui:                                 Mode Options.       (line  141)
* --version:                             Mode Options.       (line  169)
* --windows:                             Mode Options.       (line   86)
* --with-gdb-datadir:                    Data Files.         (line   19)
* --with-relocated-sources:              Source Path.        (line  149)
* --with-sysroot:                        Files.              (line  479)
* --wrapper, gdbserver option:           Server.             (line  191)
* --write:                               Mode Options.       (line  160)
* -b:                                    Mode Options.       (line  129)
* -c:                                    File Options.       (line   48)
* -d:                                    File Options.       (line   92)
* -D:                                    Mode Options.       (line   95)
* -e:                                    File Options.       (line   40)
* -eiex:                                 File Options.       (line   87)
* -eix:                                  File Options.       (line   82)
* -ex:                                   File Options.       (line   62)
* -f:                                    Mode Options.       (line  100)
* -iex:                                  File Options.       (line   77)
* -info-gdb-mi-command:                  GDB/MI Support Commands.
                                                             (line   11)
* -ix:                                   File Options.       (line   72)
* -l:                                    Mode Options.       (line  133)
* -n:                                    Mode Options.       (line   11)
* -nw:                                   Mode Options.       (line   80)
* -p:                                    File Options.       (line   52)
* -q:                                    Mode Options.       (line   23)
* -r:                                    File Options.       (line   96)
* -readnever, option for symbol-file command: Files.         (line  110)
* -s:                                    File Options.       (line   36)
* -t:                                    Mode Options.       (line  138)
* -w:                                    Mode Options.       (line   86)
* -x:                                    File Options.       (line   56)
* ., Modula-2 scope operator:            M2 Scope.           (line    6)
* .build-id directory:                   Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* .debug subdirectories:                 Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* .debug_gdb_scripts section:            dotdebug_gdb_scripts section.
                                                             (line    6)
* .debug_names section:                  Debug Names.        (line    6)
* .gdbinit:                              Initialization Files.
                                                             (line  107)
* .gdb_index section:                    Index Files.        (line    6)
* .gdb_index section format:             Index Section Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* .gnu_debugdata section:                MiniDebugInfo.      (line    6)
* .gnu_debuglink sections:               Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line   86)
* .note.gnu.build-id sections:           Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line  102)
* .o files, reading symbols from:        Files.              (line  158)
* /proc:                                 Process Information.
                                                             (line    6)
* <architecture>:                        Target Description Format.
                                                             (line   72)
* <compatible>:                          Target Description Format.
                                                             (line   95)
* <feature>:                             Target Description Format.
                                                             (line  119)
* <flags>:                               Target Description Format.
                                                             (line  163)
* <not saved> values:                    Registers.          (line  106)
* <osabi>:                               Target Description Format.
                                                             (line   82)
* <reg>:                                 Target Description Format.
                                                             (line  222)
* <struct>:                              Target Description Format.
                                                             (line  163)
* <union>:                               Target Description Format.
                                                             (line  153)
* <vector>:                              Target Description Format.
                                                             (line  146)
* ? packet:                              Packets.            (line   58)
* _NSPrintForDebugger, and printing Objective-C objects: The Print Command with Objective-C.
                                                             (line   11)
* {TYPE}:                                Expressions.        (line   41)
* A packet:                              Packets.            (line   66)
* AArch64 Memory Tagging Extension.:     AArch64.            (line  266)
* AArch64 Pointer Authentication.:       AArch64.            (line  256)
* AArch64 SME:                           AArch64.            (line   46)
* AArch64 SME2:                          AArch64.            (line  220)
* AArch64 support:                       AArch64.            (line    6)
* AArch64 SVE.:                          AArch64.            (line   19)
* abbreviation:                          Command Syntax.     (line   13)
* acknowledgment, for GDB remote:        Packet Acknowledgment.
                                                             (line    6)
* active targets:                        Active Targets.     (line    6)
* Ada:                                   Ada.                (line    6)
* Ada exception catching:                Set Catchpoints.    (line   66)
* Ada exception handlers catching:       Set Catchpoints.    (line   92)
* Ada mode, general:                     Ada Mode Intro.     (line    6)
* Ada task switching:                    Ada Tasks.          (line  129)
* Ada tasking and core file debugging:   Ada Tasks and Core Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* Ada, deviations from:                  Additions to Ada.   (line    6)
* Ada, omissions from:                   Omissions from Ada. (line    6)
* Ada, problems:                         Ada Glitches.       (line    6)
* Ada, source character set:             Ada Source Character Set.
                                                             (line    6)
* Ada, tasking:                          Ada Tasks.          (line    6)
* add new commands for external monitor: Connecting.         (line  279)
* address locations:                     Address Locations.  (line    6)
* address of a symbol:                   Symbols.            (line   98)
* address size for remote targets:       Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   12)
* addressable memory unit:               Memory.             (line  150)
* aggregates (Ada):                      Omissions from Ada. (line   46)
* AIX threads:                           Debugging Output.   (line   33)
* aliases for commands:                  Aliases.            (line    6)
* aliases for commands, default arguments: Command aliases default args.
                                                             (line    6)
* alignment of remote memory accesses:   Packets.            (line  243)
* alignment of remote memory accesses <1>: Packets.          (line  532)
* all-stop mode:                         All-Stop Mode.      (line    6)
* Alpha stack:                           MIPS.               (line    6)
* always-read-ctf:                       Symbols.            (line  763)
* ambiguous expressions:                 Ambiguous Expressions.
                                                             (line    6)
* AMD GPU debugging info:                Debugging Output.   (line   38)
* AMD GPU precise memory event reporting: AMD GPU.           (line  165)
* AMD GPU precise memory event reporting <1>: AMD GPU.       (line  186)
* AMD GPU support:                       AMD GPU.            (line    6)
* annotations:                           Annotations Overview.
                                                             (line    6)
* annotations for errors, warnings and interrupts: Errors.   (line    6)
* annotations for invalidation messages: Invalidation.       (line    6)
* annotations for prompts:               Prompting.          (line    6)
* annotations for running programs:      Annotations for Running.
                                                             (line    6)
* annotations for source display:        Source Annotations. (line    6)
* append data to a file:                 Dump/Restore Files. (line    6)
* Application Data Integrity:            Sparc64.            (line    5)
* apply a command to all frames (ignoring errors and empty output): Frame Apply.
                                                             (line   96)
* apply a command to all frames of all threads (ignoring errors and empty output): Threads.
                                                             (line  236)
* apply command to all threads (ignoring errors and empty output): Threads.
                                                             (line  229)
* apply command to several frames:       Frame Apply.        (line    6)
* apply command to several threads:      Threads.            (line  194)
* ARC EM:                                ARC.                (line    6)
* ARC HS:                                ARC.                (line    6)
* ARC specific commands:                 ARC.                (line    6)
* ARC600:                                ARC.                (line    6)
* ARC700:                                ARC.                (line    6)
* architecture debugging info:           Debugging Output.   (line   26)
* argument count in user-defined commands: Define.           (line   34)
* arguments (to your program):           Arguments.          (line    6)
* arguments, to gdbserver:               Server.             (line   34)
* arguments, to user-defined commands:   Define.             (line    6)
* ARM 32-bit mode:                       ARM.                (line   16)
* ARM AArch64:                           Debugging Output.   (line   19)
* array aggregates (Ada):                Omissions from Ada. (line   46)
* arrays:                                Arrays.             (line    6)
* arrays in expressions:                 Expressions.        (line   13)
* arrays slices (Fortran):               Special Fortran Commands.
                                                             (line   13)
* artificial array:                      Arrays.             (line    6)
* assembly instructions:                 Machine Code.       (line   44)
* assignment:                            Assignment.         (line    6)
* async output in GDB/MI:                GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line   98)
* async records in GDB/MI:               GDB/MI Async Records.
                                                             (line    6)
* asynchronous execution:                Background Execution.
                                                             (line    6)
* asynchronous execution <1>:            Asynchronous and non-stop modes.
                                                             (line   15)
* asynchronous execution, and process record and replay: Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line  104)
* AT&T disassembly flavor:               Machine Code.       (line  273)
* attach:                                Attach.             (line    6)
* attach to a program, gdbserver:        Server.             (line   86)
* auto-loading:                          Auto-loading.       (line    6)
* auto-loading extensions:               Auto-loading extensions.
                                                             (line    6)
* auto-loading init file in the current directory: Init File in the Current Directory.
                                                             (line    6)
* auto-loading libthread_db.so.1:        libthread_db.so.1 file.
                                                             (line    6)
* auto-loading safe-path:                Auto-loading safe path.
                                                             (line    6)
* auto-loading verbose mode:             Auto-loading verbose mode.
                                                             (line    6)
* auto-retry, for remote TCP target:     Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  131)
* automatic display:                     Auto Display.       (line    6)
* automatic hardware breakpoints:        Set Breaks.         (line  405)
* automatic overlay debugging:           Automatic Overlay Debugging.
                                                             (line    6)
* automatic symbol index cache:          Index Files.        (line   76)
* automatic thread selection:            All-Stop Mode.      (line   28)
* auxiliary vector:                      OS Information.     (line    9)
* AVR:                                   AVR.                (line    6)
* b packet:                              Packets.            (line   75)
* B packet:                              Packets.            (line   90)
* background execution:                  Background Execution.
                                                             (line    6)
* background execution <1>:              Asynchronous and non-stop modes.
                                                             (line   15)
* backtrace beyond main function:        Backtrace.          (line  155)
* backtrace limit:                       Backtrace.          (line  192)
* base name differences:                 Files.              (line  546)
* baud rate for remote targets:          Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   21)
* bc packet:                             Packets.            (line   95)
* bcache statistics:                     Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  584)
* bits in remote address:                Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   12)
* blocks in guile:                       Blocks In Guile.    (line    6)
* blocks in python:                      Blocks In Python.   (line    6)
* bookmark:                              Checkpoint/Restart. (line    6)
* branch trace configuration format:     Branch Trace Configuration Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* branch trace format:                   Branch Trace Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* branch trace store:                    Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line   73)
* break in overloaded functions:         Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line    9)
* break on a system call.:               Set Catchpoints.    (line  120)
* break on fork/exec:                    Set Catchpoints.    (line  116)
* BREAK signal instead of Ctrl-C:        Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   36)
* breakpoint address adjusted:           Breakpoint-related Warnings.
                                                             (line    6)
* breakpoint at static probe point:      Linespec Locations. (line   65)
* breakpoint commands:                   Break Commands.     (line    6)
* breakpoint commands for GDB/MI:        GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* breakpoint commands, in remote protocol: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1070)
* breakpoint conditions:                 Conditions.         (line    6)
* breakpoint debugging info:             Debugging Output.   (line  326)
* breakpoint kinds, ARM:                 ARM Breakpoint Kinds.
                                                             (line    6)
* breakpoint kinds, MIPS:                MIPS Breakpoint Kinds.
                                                             (line    6)
* breakpoint lists:                      Breakpoints.        (line   45)
* breakpoint numbers:                    Breakpoints.        (line   38)
* breakpoint on events:                  Breakpoints.        (line   30)
* breakpoint on memory address:          Breakpoints.        (line   17)
* breakpoint on variable modification:   Breakpoints.        (line   17)
* breakpoint ranges:                     Breakpoints.        (line   45)
* breakpoint subroutine, remote:         Stub Contents.      (line   31)
* breakpointing Ada elaboration code:    Stopping Before Main Program.
                                                             (line    6)
* breakpoints:                           Breakpoints.        (line    6)
* breakpoints and inferiors:             Inferior-Specific Breakpoints.
                                                             (line    9)
* breakpoints and tasks, in Ada:         Ada Tasks.          (line  181)
* breakpoints and threads:               Thread-Specific Breakpoints.
                                                             (line   10)
* breakpoints at functions matching a regexp: Set Breaks.    (line  201)
* breakpoints in guile:                  Breakpoints In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* breakpoints in overlays:               Overlay Commands.   (line   91)
* breakpoints in python:                 Breakpoints In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* breakpoints, multiple locations:       Set Breaks.         (line  311)
* bs packet:                             Packets.            (line  101)
* bug criteria:                          Bug Criteria.       (line    6)
* bug reports:                           Bug Reporting.      (line    6)
* bugs in GDB:                           GDB Bugs.           (line    6)
* build ID sections:                     Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line  102)
* build ID, and separate debugging files: Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* building GDB, requirements for:        Requirements.       (line    6)
* built-in simulator target:             Target Commands.    (line   79)
* builtin Go functions:                  Go.                 (line   31)
* builtin Go types:                      Go.                 (line   28)
* C and C++:                             C.                  (line    6)
* C and C++ checks:                      C Checks.           (line    6)
* C and C++ constants:                   C Constants.        (line    6)
* C and C++ defaults:                    C Defaults.         (line    6)
* C and C++ operators:                   C Operators.        (line    6)
* c packet:                              Packets.            (line  108)
* C packet:                              Packets.            (line  117)
* C++:                                   C.                  (line   10)
* C++ compilers:                         C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line    8)
* C++ demangling:                        Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line   36)
* C++ exception handling:                Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line   20)
* C++ overload debugging info:           Debugging Output.   (line  221)
* C++ scope resolution:                  Variables.          (line   90)
* C++ symbol decoding style:             Print Settings.     (line  587)
* C++ symbol display:                    Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line   40)
* caching data of targets:               Caching Target Data.
                                                             (line    6)
* caching of bfd objects:                File Caching.       (line    6)
* caching of opened files:               File Caching.       (line    6)
* call dummy stack unwinding:            Calling.            (line   36)
* call dummy stack unwinding on timeout.: Calling.           (line   65)
* call dummy stack unwinding on unhandled exception.: Calling.
                                                             (line   53)
* call overloaded functions:             C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line   26)
* call stack:                            Stack.              (line    9)
* call stack traces:                     Backtrace.          (line    6)
* call-clobbered registers:              Registers.          (line  106)
* caller-saved registers:                Registers.          (line  106)
* calling functions:                     Calling.            (line    6)
* calling functions in the program, disabling: Calling.      (line   76)
* calling make:                          Shell Commands.     (line   25)
* case sensitivity in symbol names:      Symbols.            (line   27)
* case-insensitive symbol names:         Symbols.            (line   27)
* casts, in expressions:                 Expressions.        (line   26)
* casts, to view memory:                 Expressions.        (line   41)
* catch Ada exceptions:                  Set Catchpoints.    (line   66)
* catch Ada exceptions when handled:     Set Catchpoints.    (line   92)
* catch syscalls from inferior, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  439)
* catchpoints:                           Breakpoints.        (line   30)
* catchpoints, setting:                  Set Catchpoints.    (line    6)
* change GDB's working directory:        Working Directory.  (line   32)
* change inferior's working directory:   Working Directory.  (line   13)
* character sets:                        Character Sets.     (line    6)
* charset:                               Character Sets.     (line    6)
* check if a given address is in a memory tagged region: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  332)
* checkpoint:                            Checkpoint/Restart. (line    6)
* checkpoints and process id:            Checkpoint/Restart. (line   76)
* checks, range:                         Type Checking.      (line   44)
* checks, type:                          Checks.             (line   23)
* checksum, for GDB remote:              Overview.           (line   21)
* choosing target byte order:            Byte Order.         (line    6)
* circular trace buffer:                 Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments.
                                                             (line   80)
* clearing breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints: Delete Breaks.
                                                             (line    6)
* CLI commands in python:                CLI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* close, file-i/o system call:           close.              (line    6)
* closest symbol and offset for an address: Symbols.         (line  108)
* code address and its source line:      Machine Code.       (line   29)
* code compression, MIPS:                MIPS.               (line   49)
* code location:                         Location Specifications.
                                                             (line    6)
* COFF/PE exported symbols:              Debugging Output.   (line   82)
* collected data discarded:              Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments.
                                                             (line    6)
* colon, doubled as scope operator:      M2 Scope.           (line    6)
* colon-colon, context for variables/functions: Variables.   (line   44)
* colors:                                Output Styling.     (line    6)
* command editing:                       Readline Bare Essentials.
                                                             (line    6)
* command files:                         Command Files.      (line    6)
* command history:                       Command History.    (line    6)
* command hooks:                         Hooks.              (line    6)
* command interpreters:                  Interpreters.       (line    6)
* command line editing:                  Editing.            (line    6)
* command options:                       Command Options.    (line    6)
* command options, boolean:              Command Options.    (line   21)
* command options, raw input:            Command Options.    (line   13)
* command scripts, debugging:            Messages/Warnings.  (line   65)
* command tracing:                       Messages/Warnings.  (line   60)
* commands for C++:                      Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line    6)
* commands in guile:                     Commands In Guile.  (line    6)
* commands in python, CLI:               CLI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* commands in python, GDB/MI:            GDB/MI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* commands to access guile:              Guile Commands.     (line    6)
* commands to access python:             Python Commands.    (line    6)
* comment:                               Command Syntax.     (line   37)
* COMMON blocks, Fortran:                Special Fortran Commands.
                                                             (line    9)
* common targets:                        Target Commands.    (line   46)
* compatibility, GDB/MI and CLI:         GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI.
                                                             (line    6)
* compilation directory:                 Source Path.        (line   40)
* compile C++ type conversion:           Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line   93)
* compile command debugging info:        Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line   85)
* compile command driver filename override: Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line  303)
* compile command options override:      Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line  128)
* compiling code:                        Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line    6)
* completion:                            Completion.         (line    6)
* completion of Guile commands:          Commands In Guile.  (line  100)
* completion of Python commands:         CLI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line   72)
* completion of quoted strings:          Completion.         (line   94)
* completion of structure field names:   Completion.         (line  146)
* completion of union field names:       Completion.         (line  146)
* compressed debug sections:             Requirements.       (line  113)
* conditional breakpoints:               Conditions.         (line    6)
* conditional tracepoints:               Tracepoint Conditions.
                                                             (line    6)
* configure debuginfod URLs:             Debuginfod Settings.
                                                             (line   31)
* configuring GDB:                       Running Configure.  (line    6)
* confirmation:                          Messages/Warnings.  (line   49)
* connection timeout, for remote TCP target: Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  147)
* connections in python:                 Connections In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* console i/o as part of file-i/o:       Console I/O.        (line    6)
* console interpreter:                   Interpreters.       (line   21)
* console output in GDB/MI:              GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line  106)
* constants, in file-i/o protocol:       Constants.          (line    6)
* continuing:                            Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line    6)
* continuing threads:                    Thread Stops.       (line    6)
* control C, and remote debugging:       Bootstrapping.      (line   25)
* controlling terminal:                  Input/Output.       (line   23)
* convenience functions:                 Convenience Funs.   (line    6)
* convenience functions in python:       Functions In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* convenience variables:                 Convenience Vars.   (line    6)
* convenience variables for tracepoints: Tracepoint Variables.
                                                             (line    6)
* convenience variables, and trace state variables: Trace State Variables.
                                                             (line   17)
* convenience variables, initializing:   Convenience Vars.   (line   42)
* core dump file:                        Files.              (line    6)
* core dump file target:                 Target Commands.    (line   57)
* crash of debugger:                     Bug Criteria.       (line    9)
* CRC algorithm definition:              Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line  147)
* CRC of memory block, remote request:   General Query Packets.
                                                             (line   65)
* CRIS:                                  CRIS.               (line    6)
* CRIS mode:                             CRIS.               (line   26)
* CRIS version:                          CRIS.               (line   10)
* CTF info, when to read:                Symbols.            (line  763)
* Ctrl-BREAK, MS-Windows:                Cygwin Native.      (line    9)
* ctrl-c message, in file-i/o protocol:  The Ctrl-C Message. (line    6)
* current Ada task ID:                   Ada Tasks.          (line  119)
* current directory:                     Source Path.        (line   40)
* current Go package:                    Go.                 (line   11)
* current thread:                        Threads.            (line   29)
* current thread, remote request:        General Query Packets.
                                                             (line   55)
* custom JIT debug info:                 Custom Debug Info.  (line    6)
* Cygwin DLL, debugging:                 Cygwin Native.      (line   60)
* Cygwin-specific commands:              Cygwin Native.      (line    6)
* D:                                     D.                  (line    6)
* d packet:                              Packets.            (line  126)
* D packet:                              Packets.            (line  133)
* DAP:                                   Interpreters.       (line   26)
* Darwin:                                Darwin.             (line    6)
* data breakpoints:                      Breakpoints.        (line   17)
* data manipulation, in GDB/MI:          GDB/MI Data Manipulation.
                                                             (line    6)
* dcache line-size:                      Caching Target Data.
                                                             (line   60)
* dcache size:                           Caching Target Data.
                                                             (line   57)
* dcache, flushing:                      Caching Target Data.
                                                             (line   71)
* dead names, GNU Hurd:                  Hurd Native.        (line   84)
* debug expression parser:               Debugging Output.   (line  228)
* debug formats and C++:                 C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line    8)
* debug link sections:                   Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line   86)
* debug remote protocol:                 Debugging Output.   (line  236)
* Debugger Adapter Protocol:             Interpreters.       (line   26)
* debugger crash:                        Bug Criteria.       (line    9)
* debugging agent:                       In-Process Agent.   (line    6)
* debugging C++ programs:                C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line    8)
* debugging information directory, global: Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* debugging information in separate files: Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* debugging libthread_db:                Threads.            (line  338)
* debugging multiple processes:          Forks.              (line   55)
* debugging optimized code:              Optimized Code.     (line    6)
* debugging stub, example:               Remote Stub.        (line    6)
* debugging target:                      Targets.            (line    6)
* debugging the Cygwin DLL:              Cygwin Native.      (line   60)
* debugging threads:                     Threads.            (line  343)
* debuginfod:                            Debuginfod.         (line    6)
* debuginfod verbosity:                  Debuginfod Settings.
                                                             (line   41)
* debuginfod, maintenance commands:      Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  241)
* decimal floating point format:         Decimal Floating Point.
                                                             (line    6)
* default behavior of commands, changing: Command Settings.  (line    6)
* default collection action:             Tracepoint Actions. (line  142)
* default data directory:                Data Files.         (line   19)
* default settings, changing:            Command Settings.   (line    6)
* default source path substitution:      Source Path.        (line  149)
* default system root:                   Files.              (line  479)
* define trace state variable, remote request: Tracepoint Packets.
                                                             (line  117)
* defining macros interactively:         Macros.             (line   60)
* definition of a macro, showing:        Macros.             (line   47)
* delete breakpoints:                    Delete Breaks.      (line   56)
* deleting breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints: Delete Breaks.
                                                             (line    6)
* deliver a signal to a program:         Signaling.          (line    6)
* demangle:                              Symbols.            (line  127)
* demangler crashes:                     Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  190)
* demangler crashes <1>:                 Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  217)
* demangler crashes <2>:                 Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  249)
* demangling C++ names:                  Print Settings.     (line  568)
* deprecated commands:                   Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  204)
* derived type of an object, printing:   Print Settings.     (line  599)
* descriptor tables display:             DJGPP Native.       (line   24)
* detach from task, GNU Hurd:            Hurd Native.        (line   59)
* detach from thread, GNU Hurd:          Hurd Native.        (line  109)
* direct memory access (DMA) on MS-DOS:  DJGPP Native.       (line   74)
* directories for source files:          Source Path.        (line    6)
* directory, compilation:                Source Path.        (line   40)
* directory, current:                    Source Path.        (line   40)
* disable address space randomization, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line   82)
* disabling calling functions in the program: Calling.       (line   76)
* disassembler in Python, global vs. specific: Disassembly In Python.
                                                             (line  466)
* disassembler options:                  Machine Code.       (line  258)
* disconnected tracing:                  Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments.
                                                             (line   45)
* displaced stepping debugging info:     Debugging Output.   (line  111)
* displaced stepping support:            Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  156)
* displaced stepping, and process record and replay: Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line   99)
* display command history:               Command History.    (line  110)
* display derived types:                 Print Settings.     (line  599)
* display disabled out of scope:         Auto Display.       (line   86)
* display GDB copyright:                 Help.               (line  174)
* display of expressions:                Auto Display.       (line    6)
* display remote monitor communications: Target Commands.    (line  113)
* display remote packets:                Debugging Output.   (line  236)
* DJGPP debugging:                       DJGPP Native.       (line    6)
* DLLs with no debugging symbols:        Non-debug DLL Symbols.
                                                             (line    6)
* do not print frame arguments:          Print Settings.     (line  200)
* documentation:                         Formatting Documentation.
                                                             (line   22)
* don't repeat command:                  Define.             (line  127)
* don't repeat Guile command:            Commands In Guile.  (line   67)
* don't repeat Python command:           CLI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line   42)
* DOS file-name semantics of file names.: Files.             (line  502)
* DOS serial data link, remote debugging: DJGPP Native.      (line  118)
* DOS serial port status:                DJGPP Native.       (line  139)
* DPMI:                                  DJGPP Native.       (line    6)
* dprintf:                               Dynamic Printf.     (line    6)
* dump all data collected at tracepoint: tdump.              (line    6)
* dump core from inferior:               Core File Generation.
                                                             (line    6)
* dump data to a file:                   Dump/Restore Files. (line    6)
* dump/restore files:                    Dump/Restore Files. (line    6)
* DVC register:                          PowerPC Embedded.   (line    6)
* DWARF compilation units cache:         Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  662)
* DWARF DIEs:                            Debugging Output.   (line   89)
* DWARF frame unwinders:                 Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  693)
* DWARF Line Tables:                     Debugging Output.   (line   95)
* DWARF Reading:                         Debugging Output.   (line  103)
* DWARF-2 CFI and CRIS:                  CRIS.               (line   18)
* dynamic linking:                       Files.              (line  132)
* dynamic printf:                        Dynamic Printf.     (line    6)
* dynamic varobj:                        GDB/MI Variable Objects.
                                                             (line  163)
* early initialization:                  Initialization Files.
                                                             (line   14)
* early initialization file:             Startup.            (line   10)
* editing:                               Editing.            (line   15)
* editing command lines:                 Readline Bare Essentials.
                                                             (line    6)
* editing source files:                  Edit.               (line    6)
* eight-bit characters in strings:       Print Settings.     (line  513)
* elaboration phase:                     Starting.           (line   92)
* ELinOS system-wide configuration script: System-wide Configuration Scripts.
                                                             (line   15)
* Emacs:                                 Emacs.              (line    6)
* empty response, for unsupported packets: Standard Replies. (line   11)
* enable debuginfod:                     Debuginfod Settings.
                                                             (line   10)
* enable/disable a breakpoint:           Disabling.          (line    6)
* enabling and disabling probes:         Static Probe Points.
                                                             (line   52)
* entering numbers:                      Numbers.            (line    6)
* environment (of your program):         Environment.        (line    6)
* errno values, in file-i/o protocol:    Errno Values.       (line    6)
* error on valid input:                  Bug Criteria.       (line   12)
* event debugging info:                  Debugging Output.   (line  118)
* event designators:                     Event Designators.  (line    6)
* event handling:                        Set Catchpoints.    (line    6)
* event-loop debugging:                  Debugging Output.   (line  124)
* examine process image:                 Process Information.
                                                             (line    6)
* examining data:                        Data.               (line    6)
* examining memory:                      Memory.             (line    9)
* exception handlers:                    Set Catchpoints.    (line    6)
* exceptions, guile:                     Guile Exception Handling.
                                                             (line    6)
* exceptions, python:                    Exception Handling. (line    6)
* exec events, remote reply:             Stop Reply Packets. (line  141)
* executable file:                       Files.              (line   16)
* executable file target:                Target Commands.    (line   50)
* executable file, for remote target:    Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  102)
* execute commands from a file:          Command Files.      (line   17)
* execute forward or backward in time:   Reverse Execution.  (line   92)
* execute remote command, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  613)
* execution, foreground, background and asynchronous: Background Execution.
                                                             (line    6)
* execution, foreground, background and asynchronous <1>: Asynchronous and non-stop modes.
                                                             (line   15)
* exit status of shell commands:         Convenience Vars.   (line  192)
* exiting GDB:                           Quitting GDB.       (line    6)
* expand macro once:                     Macros.             (line   38)
* expanding preprocessor macros:         Macros.             (line   29)
* explicit locations:                    Explicit Locations. (line    6)
* explore type:                          Data.               (line  254)
* explore value:                         Data.               (line  247)
* exploring hierarchical data structures: Data.              (line  145)
* expression debugging info:             Debugging Output.   (line  133)
* expression parser, debugging info:     Debugging Output.   (line  228)
* expressions:                           Expressions.        (line    6)
* expressions in Ada:                    Ada.                (line   11)
* expressions in C or C++:               C.                  (line    6)
* expressions in C++:                    C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line    6)
* expressions in Modula-2:               Modula-2.           (line   12)
* extend GDB for remote targets:         Connecting.         (line  279)
* extending GDB:                         Extending GDB.      (line    6)
* extra signal information:              Signals.            (line  158)
* F packet:                              Packets.            (line  147)
* F reply packet:                        The F Reply Packet. (line    6)
* F request packet:                      The F Request Packet.
                                                             (line    6)
* fast tracepoints:                      Set Tracepoints.    (line   24)
* fast tracepoints, setting:             Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line   50)
* fatal signal:                          Bug Criteria.       (line    9)
* fatal signals:                         Signals.            (line   15)
* features of the remote protocol:       General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  659)
* fetch memory tags:                     General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  312)
* file name canonicalization:            Files.              (line  546)
* file names, quoting and escaping:      Filename Arguments. (line    6)
* file transfer:                         File Transfer.      (line    6)
* file transfer, remote protocol:        Host I/O Packets.   (line    6)
* file-i/o examples:                     File-I/O Examples.  (line    6)
* file-i/o overview:                     File-I/O Overview.  (line    6)
* File-I/O remote protocol extension:    File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension.
                                                             (line    6)
* file-i/o reply packet:                 The F Reply Packet. (line    6)
* file-i/o request packet:               The F Request Packet.
                                                             (line    6)
* filename-display:                      Backtrace.          (line  202)
* find trace snapshot:                   tfind.              (line    6)
* flinching:                             Messages/Warnings.  (line   49)
* float promotion:                       ABI.                (line   34)
* floating point:                        Floating Point Hardware.
                                                             (line    6)
* floating point registers:              Registers.          (line   15)
* floating point, MIPS remote:           MIPS Embedded.      (line   13)
* focus of debugging:                    Threads.            (line   29)
* foo:                                   Symbol Errors.      (line   54)
* foreground execution:                  Background Execution.
                                                             (line    6)
* foreground execution <1>:              Asynchronous and non-stop modes.
                                                             (line   15)
* fork events, remote reply:             Stop Reply Packets. (line  104)
* fork, debugging programs which call:   Forks.              (line    6)
* format options:                        Print Settings.     (line    6)
* formatted output:                      Output Formats.     (line    6)
* Fortran:                               Summary.            (line   40)
* fortran array slicing debugging info:  Debugging Output.   (line  151)
* Fortran Defaults:                      Fortran.            (line   14)
* Fortran Intrinsics:                    Fortran Intrinsics. (line    6)
* Fortran modules, information about:    Symbols.            (line  589)
* Fortran operators and expressions:     Fortran Operators.  (line    6)
* Fortran Types:                         Fortran Types.      (line    6)
* Fortran-specific support in GDB:       Fortran.            (line    6)
* frame debugging info:                  Debugging Output.   (line  159)
* frame decorator api:                   Frame Decorator API.
                                                             (line    6)
* frame filters api:                     Frame Filter API.   (line    6)
* frame information, printing:           Print Settings.     (line  360)
* frame level:                           Frames.             (line   28)
* frame number:                          Frames.             (line   28)
* frame pointer:                         Frames.             (line   21)
* frame pointer register:                Registers.          (line   31)
* frame, definition:                     Frames.             (line    6)
* frameless execution:                   Frames.             (line   34)
* frames in guile:                       Frames In Guile.    (line    6)
* frames in python:                      Frames In Python.   (line    6)
* frames of inlined functions:           Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  369)
* free memory information (MS-DOS):      DJGPP Native.       (line   19)
* FreeBSD:                               FreeBSD.            (line    6)
* FreeBSD LWP debug messages:            Debugging Output.   (line  140)
* FreeBSD native target debug messages:  Debugging Output.   (line  146)
* fstat, file-i/o system call:           stat/fstat.         (line    6)
* Fujitsu:                               Remote Stub.        (line   68)
* full symbol tables, listing GDB's internal: Symbols.       (line  684)
* function call arguments, optimized out: Backtrace.         (line  133)
* function entry/exit, wrong values of variables: Variables. (line  106)
* functions and variables by Fortran module: Symbols.        (line  589)
* functions without line info, and stepping: Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line   92)
* g packet:                              Packets.            (line  152)
* G packet:                              Packets.            (line  187)
* g++, GNU C++ compiler:                 C.                  (line   10)
* garbled pointers:                      DJGPP Native.       (line   42)
* GCC and C++:                           C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line    8)
* GDB bugs, reporting:                   Bug Reporting.      (line    6)
* GDB internal error:                    Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  249)
* gdb module:                            Basic Python.       (line   31)
* gdb objects:                           GDB Scheme Data Types.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB reference card:                    Formatting Documentation.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB startup:                           Startup.            (line    6)
* GDB version number:                    Help.               (line  164)
* gdb.ini:                               Initialization Files.
                                                             (line  107)
* gdb.printing:                          gdb.printing.       (line    6)
* gdb.prompt:                            gdb.prompt.         (line    6)
* gdb.ptwrite:                           gdb.ptwrite.        (line    6)
* gdb.types:                             gdb.types.          (line    6)
* gdb.Value:                             Values From Inferior.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI development:                    GDB/MI Development and Front Ends.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI General Design:                 GDB/MI General Design.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, async records:                 GDB/MI Async Records.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, breakpoint commands:           GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, compatibility with CLI:        GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, data manipulation:             GDB/MI Data Manipulation.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, input syntax:                  GDB/MI Input Syntax.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, its purpose:                   GDB/MI.             (line   36)
* GDB/MI, output syntax:                 GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, result records:                GDB/MI Result Records.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, simple examples:               GDB/MI Simple Examples.
                                                             (line    6)
* GDB/MI, stream records:                GDB/MI Stream Records.
                                                             (line    6)
* gdbarch debugging info:                Debugging Output.   (line   26)
* GDBHISTFILE, environment variable:     Command History.    (line   26)
* GDBHISTSIZE, environment variable:     Command History.    (line   56)
* gdbinit:                               Initialization Files.
                                                             (line  107)
* gdbserver, command-line arguments:     Server.             (line   34)
* gdbserver, connecting:                 Connecting.         (line    6)
* gdbserver, search path for libthread_db: Server.           (line  295)
* gdbserver, send all debug output to a single file: Server. (line  174)
* gdbserver, target extended-remote mode: Connecting.        (line    6)
* gdbserver, target remote mode:         Connecting.         (line    6)
* gdbserver, types of connections:       Connecting.         (line    6)
* GDT:                                   DJGPP Native.       (line   24)
* general initialization:                Initialization Files.
                                                             (line   30)
* get thread information block address:  General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  281)
* get thread-local storage address, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  257)
* gettimeofday, file-i/o system call:    gettimeofday.       (line    6)
* getting structure elements using gdb.Field objects as subscripts: Values From Inferior.
                                                             (line   40)
* global debugging information directories: Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* global thread identifier (GDB):        Threads.            (line   88)
* global thread number:                  Threads.            (line   88)
* GNAT descriptive types:                Ada Glitches.       (line   57)
* GNAT encoding:                         Ada Glitches.       (line   57)
* GNU C++:                               C.                  (line   10)
* GNU Emacs:                             Emacs.              (line    6)
* GNU Hurd debugging:                    Hurd Native.        (line    6)
* GNU/Hurd debug messages:               Debugging Output.   (line  165)
* GNU/Linux namespaces debug messages:   Debugging Output.   (line  195)
* GNU/Linux native target debug messages: Debugging Output.  (line  189)
* Go (programming language):             Go.                 (line    6)
* guile api:                             Guile API.          (line    6)
* guile architectures:                   Architectures In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* guile auto-loading:                    Guile Auto-loading. (line    6)
* guile commands:                        Guile Commands.     (line    6)
* guile commands <1>:                    Commands In Guile.  (line    6)
* guile configuration:                   Guile Configuration.
                                                             (line    6)
* guile exceptions:                      Guile Exception Handling.
                                                             (line    6)
* guile gdb module:                      Basic Guile.        (line   37)
* guile iterators:                       Iterators In Guile. (line    6)
* guile modules:                         Guile Modules.      (line    6)
* guile pagination:                      Basic Guile.        (line    6)
* guile parameters:                      Parameters In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* guile pretty printing api:             Guile Pretty Printing API.
                                                             (line    6)
* guile scripting:                       Guile.              (line    6)
* guile scripts directory:               Guile Introduction. (line   15)
* guile stdout:                          Basic Guile.        (line    6)
* guile, working with types:             Types In Guile.     (line    6)
* guile, working with values from inferior: Values From Inferior In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* H packet:                              Packets.            (line  195)
* handling signals:                      Signals.            (line   27)
* hardware breakpoints:                  Set Breaks.         (line  172)
* hardware debug registers:              Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  743)
* hardware watchpoints:                  Set Watchpoints.    (line   31)
* hash mark while downloading:           Target Commands.    (line  104)
* heuristic-fence-post (Alpha, MIPS):    MIPS.               (line   14)
* history events:                        Event Designators.  (line    8)
* history expansion:                     History Interaction.
                                                             (line    6)
* history expansion, turn on/off:        Command History.    (line   85)
* history file:                          Command History.    (line   26)
* history number:                        Value History.      (line   13)
* history of values printed by GDB:      Value History.      (line    6)
* history size:                          Command History.    (line   56)
* history substitution:                  Command History.    (line   26)
* hooks, for commands:                   Hooks.              (line    6)
* hooks, post-command:                   Hooks.              (line   11)
* hooks, pre-command:                    Hooks.              (line    6)
* host character set:                    Character Sets.     (line    6)
* Host I/O, remote protocol:             Host I/O Packets.   (line    6)
* how many arguments (user-defined commands): Define.        (line   34)
* HPPA support:                          HPPA.               (line    6)
* i packet:                              Packets.            (line  207)
* I packet:                              Packets.            (line  212)
* i/o:                                   Input/Output.       (line    6)
* I/O registers (Atmel AVR):             AVR.                (line   10)
* i386:                                  Remote Stub.        (line   56)
* i386-stub.c:                           Remote Stub.        (line   56)
* ID list:                               Inferiors Connections and Programs.
                                                             (line   25)
* IDT:                                   DJGPP Native.       (line   24)
* ignore count (of breakpoint):          Conditions.         (line   85)
* in-process agent protocol:             In-Process Agent Protocol.
                                                             (line    6)
* incomplete type:                       Symbols.            (line  367)
* indentation in structure display:      Print Settings.     (line  475)
* index files:                           Index Files.        (line    6)
* index files <1>:                       Debug Names.        (line    6)
* index section format:                  Index Section Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* inferior:                              Inferiors Connections and Programs.
                                                             (line   15)
* inferior debugging info:               Debugging Output.   (line  170)
* inferior events in Python:             Events In Python.   (line    6)
* inferior function call debugging info: Debugging Output.   (line  178)
* inferior functions, calling:           Calling.            (line    6)
* inferior tty:                          Input/Output.       (line   44)
* inferior-specific breakpoints:         Inferior-Specific Breakpoints.
                                                             (line    9)
* inferiors in Python:                   Inferiors In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* infinite recursion in user-defined commands: Define.       (line  144)
* info for known .debug_gdb_scripts-loaded scripts: Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  577)
* info for known object files:           Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  562)
* info line, repeated calls:             Machine Code.       (line   41)
* info proc cmdline:                     Process Information.
                                                             (line   41)
* info proc cwd:                         Process Information.
                                                             (line   45)
* info proc exe:                         Process Information.
                                                             (line   49)
* info proc files:                       Process Information.
                                                             (line   53)
* information about static tracepoint markers: Listing Static Tracepoint Markers.
                                                             (line    6)
* information about tracepoints:         Listing Tracepoints.
                                                             (line    6)
* inheritance:                           Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line   26)
* init file:                             Startup.            (line   23)
* init file name:                        Initialization Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* initial frame:                         Frames.             (line   12)
* initialization file:                   Initialization Files.
                                                             (line   34)
* initialization file, readline:         Readline Init File. (line    6)
* injecting code:                        Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line    6)
* inline functions, debugging:           Inline Functions.   (line    6)
* innermost frame:                       Frames.             (line   12)
* input syntax for GDB/MI:               GDB/MI Input Syntax.
                                                             (line    6)
* installation:                          Installing GDB.     (line    6)
* instructions, assembly:                Machine Code.       (line   44)
* integral datatypes, in file-i/o protocol: Integral Datatypes.
                                                             (line    6)
* Intel:                                 Remote Stub.        (line   56)
* Intel disassembly flavor:              Machine Code.       (line  273)
* Intel Processor Trace:                 Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line   78)
* interaction, readline:                 Readline Interaction.
                                                             (line    6)
* internal commands:                     Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* internal errors, control of GDB behavior: Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  249)
* internal GDB breakpoints:              Set Breaks.         (line  483)
* interrupt:                             Quitting GDB.       (line   15)
* interrupt debuggee on MS-Windows:      Cygwin Native.      (line    9)
* interrupt remote programs:             Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   36)
* interrupt remote programs <1>:         Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  108)
* interrupting remote programs:          Connecting.         (line  246)
* interrupting remote targets:           Bootstrapping.      (line   25)
* interrupts (remote protocol):          Interrupts.         (line    6)
* invalid input:                         Bug Criteria.       (line   16)
* invoke another interpreter:            Interpreters.       (line   44)
* ipa protocol commands:                 IPA Protocol Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* ipa protocol objects:                  IPA Protocol Objects.
                                                             (line    6)
* isatty, file-i/o system call:          isatty.             (line    6)
* JIT compilation interface:             JIT Interface.      (line    6)
* JIT debug info reader:                 Custom Debug Info.  (line    6)
* just-in-time compilation:              JIT Interface.      (line    6)
* just-in-time compilation, debugging messages: Debugging Output.
                                                             (line  184)
* k packet:                              Packets.            (line  216)
* kernel crash dump:                     BSD libkvm Interface.
                                                             (line    6)
* kernel memory image:                   BSD libkvm Interface.
                                                             (line    6)
* kill ring:                             Readline Killing Commands.
                                                             (line   18)
* killing text:                          Readline Killing Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* languages:                             Languages.          (line    6)
* last tracepoint number:                Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line  124)
* latest breakpoint:                     Set Breaks.         (line    6)
* lazy strings in guile:                 Lazy Strings In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* lazy strings in python:                Lazy Strings In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* LDT:                                   DJGPP Native.       (line   24)
* leaving GDB:                           Quitting GDB.       (line    6)
* libkvm:                                BSD libkvm Interface.
                                                             (line    6)
* library list format, remote protocol:  Library List Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* library list format, remote protocol <1>: Library List Format for SVR4 Targets.
                                                             (line    6)
* limit hardware breakpoints and watchpoints: Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   79)
* limit hardware watchpoints length:     Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   91)
* limit on number of printed array elements: Print Settings. (line  179)
* limit on number of printed string characters: Print Settings.
                                                             (line  159)
* limits, in file-i/o protocol:          Limits.             (line    6)
* line tables in python:                 Line Tables In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* line tables, listing GDB's internal:   Symbols.            (line  731)
* linespec locations:                    Linespec Locations. (line    6)
* Linux native targets:                  Debugging Output.   (line  189)
* list active threads, remote request:   General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  224)
* list of supported file-i/o calls:      List of Supported Calls.
                                                             (line    6)
* list output in GDB/MI:                 GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line  117)
* list, how many lines to display:       List.               (line   40)
* listing GDB's internal line tables:    Symbols.            (line  731)
* listing GDB's internal symbol tables:  Symbols.            (line  684)
* listing machine instructions:          Machine Code.       (line   44)
* listing mapped overlays:               Overlay Commands.   (line   60)
* lists of breakpoints:                  Breakpoints.        (line   45)
* load address, overlay's:               How Overlays Work.  (line    6)
* load shared library:                   Files.              (line  353)
* load symbols from memory:              Files.              (line  210)
* local socket, target remote:           Connecting.         (line  147)
* local variables:                       Symbols.            (line  436)
* locate address:                        Output Formats.     (line   36)
* location resolution:                   Location Specifications.
                                                             (line   14)
* location spec:                         Location Specifications.
                                                             (line    6)
* lock scheduler:                        All-Stop Mode.      (line   37)
* locspec:                               Location Specifications.
                                                             (line    6)
* log output in GDB/MI:                  GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line  113)
* logging file name:                     Logging Output.     (line   10)
* logging GDB output:                    Logging Output.     (line    6)
* look up of disassembler in Python:     Disassembly In Python.
                                                             (line  466)
* lseek flags, in file-i/o protocol:     Lseek Flags.        (line    6)
* lseek, file-i/o system call:           lseek.              (line    6)
* m packet:                              Packets.            (line  239)
* M packet:                              Packets.            (line  264)
* m680x0:                                Remote Stub.        (line   59)
* m68k-stub.c:                           Remote Stub.        (line   59)
* Mach-O symbols processing:             Debugging Output.   (line  201)
* machine instructions:                  Machine Code.       (line   44)
* macro definition, showing:             Macros.             (line   47)
* macro expansion, showing the results of preprocessor: Macros.
                                                             (line   29)
* macros, example of debugging with:     Macros.             (line   84)
* macros, from debug info:               Macros.             (line   47)
* macros, user-defined:                  Macros.             (line   60)
* mailing lists:                         GDB/MI Development and Front Ends.
                                                             (line   93)
* maintenance commands:                  Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* Man pages:                             Man Pages.          (line    6)
* managing frame filters:                Frame Filter Management.
                                                             (line    6)
* manual overlay debugging:              Overlay Commands.   (line   23)
* map an overlay:                        Overlay Commands.   (line   30)
* mapped address:                        How Overlays Work.  (line    6)
* mapped overlays:                       How Overlays Work.  (line    6)
* markers, static tracepoints:           Set Tracepoints.    (line   28)
* maximum value for offset of closest symbol: Print Settings.
                                                             (line   70)
* member functions:                      C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line   16)
* memory address space mappings:         Process Information.
                                                             (line   80)
* memory address space mappings <1>:     Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  332)
* memory map format:                     Memory Map Format.  (line    6)
* memory region attributes:              Memory Region Attributes.
                                                             (line    6)
* memory tag types, ARM:                 ARM Memory Tag Types.
                                                             (line    6)
* memory tracing:                        Breakpoints.        (line   17)
* memory transfer, in file-i/o protocol: Memory Transfer.    (line    6)
* memory used by commands:               Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  895)
* memory used for symbol tables:         Files.              (line  341)
* memory, alignment and size of remote accesses: Packets.    (line  243)
* memory, alignment and size of remote accesses <1>: Packets.
                                                             (line  532)
* memory, viewing as typed object:       Expressions.        (line   41)
* MI commands in python:                 GDB/MI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* mi interpreter:                        Interpreters.       (line   34)
* MI notifications in python:            GDB/MI Notifications In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* mi2 interpreter:                       Interpreters.       (line   42)
* mi3 interpreter:                       Interpreters.       (line   39)
* minimal language:                      Unsupported Languages.
                                                             (line    6)
* minimal symbol dump:                   Symbols.            (line  658)
* Minimal symbols and DLLs:              Non-debug DLL Symbols.
                                                             (line    6)
* MIPS addresses, masking:               MIPS.               (line   80)
* MIPS remote floating point:            MIPS Embedded.      (line   13)
* MIPS stack:                            MIPS.               (line    6)
* miscellaneous settings:                Other Misc Settings.
                                                             (line    6)
* MMX registers (x86):                   Registers.          (line   76)
* mode_t values, in file-i/o protocol:   mode_t Values.      (line    6)
* Modula-2:                              Summary.            (line   29)
* Modula-2 built-ins:                    Built-In Func/Proc. (line    6)
* Modula-2 checks:                       M2 Checks.          (line    6)
* Modula-2 constants:                    Built-In Func/Proc. (line  117)
* Modula-2 defaults:                     M2 Defaults.        (line    6)
* Modula-2 operators:                    M2 Operators.       (line    6)
* Modula-2 types:                        M2 Types.           (line    6)
* Modula-2, deviations from:             Deviations.         (line    6)
* Modula-2, GDB support:                 Modula-2.           (line    6)
* module functions and variables:        Symbols.            (line  589)
* modules:                               Symbols.            (line  581)
* monitor commands, for gdbserver:       Server.             (line  243)
* Motorola 680x0:                        Remote Stub.        (line   59)
* MS Windows debugging:                  Cygwin Native.      (line    6)
* MS-DOS system info:                    DJGPP Native.       (line   19)
* MS-DOS-specific commands:              DJGPP Native.       (line    6)
* multiple locations, breakpoints:       Set Breaks.         (line  311)
* multiple processes:                    Forks.              (line    6)
* multiple targets:                      Active Targets.     (line    6)
* multiple threads:                      Threads.            (line    6)
* multiple threads, backtrace:           Backtrace.          (line   97)
* multiple-symbols menu:                 Ambiguous Expressions.
                                                             (line   51)
* multiprocess extensions, in remote protocol: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1000)
* name a thread:                         Threads.            (line  254)
* names of symbols:                      Symbols.            (line   14)
* namespace in C++:                      C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line   20)
* native Cygwin debugging:               Cygwin Native.      (line    6)
* native DJGPP debugging:                DJGPP Native.       (line    6)
* native script auto-loading:            Auto-loading sequences.
                                                             (line    6)
* native target:                         Target Commands.    (line   91)
* negative breakpoint numbers:           Set Breaks.         (line  483)
* never read symbols:                    Files.              (line  110)
* New SYSTAG message:                    Threads.            (line   35)
* new user interface:                    Interpreters.       (line   73)
* Newlib OS ABI and its influence on the longjmp handling: ABI.
                                                             (line   11)
* no debug info functions:               Calling.            (line  181)
* no debug info variables:               Variables.          (line  142)
* non-member C++ functions, set breakpoint in: Set Breaks.   (line  224)
* non-stop mode:                         Non-Stop Mode.      (line    6)
* non-stop mode, and process record and replay: Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line  104)
* non-stop mode, and set displaced-stepping: Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  173)
* non-stop mode, remote request:         General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  425)
* noninvasive task options:              Hurd Native.        (line   72)
* notation, readline:                    Readline Bare Essentials.
                                                             (line    6)
* notational conventions, for GDB/MI:    GDB/MI.             (line   52)
* notification packets:                  Notification Packets.
                                                             (line    6)
* notifications in python, GDB/MI:       GDB/MI Notifications In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* notify output in GDB/MI:               GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line  102)
* NULL elements in arrays:               Print Settings.     (line  466)
* number of array elements to print:     Print Settings.     (line  179)
* number of string characters to print:  Print Settings.     (line  159)
* number representation:                 Numbers.            (line    6)
* numbers for breakpoints:               Breakpoints.        (line   38)
* object files, relocatable, reading symbols from: Files.    (line  158)
* Objective-C:                           Objective-C.        (line    6)
* Objective-C, classes and selectors:    Symbols.            (line  609)
* Objective-C, print objects:            The Print Command with Objective-C.
                                                             (line    6)
* OBJFILE-gdb.gdb:                       objfile-gdbdotext file.
                                                             (line    6)
* OBJFILE-gdb.py:                        objfile-gdbdotext file.
                                                             (line    6)
* OBJFILE-gdb.scm:                       objfile-gdbdotext file.
                                                             (line    6)
* objfiles in guile:                     Objfiles In Guile.  (line    6)
* objfiles in python:                    Objfiles In Python. (line    6)
* observer debugging info:               Debugging Output.   (line  215)
* octal escapes in strings:              Print Settings.     (line  513)
* online documentation:                  Help.               (line    6)
* opaque data types:                     Symbols.            (line  621)
* open flags, in file-i/o protocol:      Open Flags.         (line    6)
* open, file-i/o system call:            open.               (line    6)
* OpenCL C:                              OpenCL C.           (line    6)
* OpenCL C Datatypes:                    OpenCL C Datatypes. (line    6)
* OpenCL C Expressions:                  OpenCL C Expressions.
                                                             (line    6)
* OpenCL C Operators:                    OpenCL C Operators. (line    6)
* OpenRISC 1000:                         OpenRISC 1000.      (line    6)
* operate-and-get-next:                  Editing.            (line   32)
* operating system information:          Operating System Information.
                                                             (line    6)
* operating system information, process list: Process list.  (line    6)
* optimized code, debugging:             Optimized Code.     (line    6)
* optimized code, wrong values of variables: Variables.      (line  106)
* optimized out value in guile:          Values From Inferior In Guile.
                                                             (line  102)
* optimized out value in Python:         Values From Inferior.
                                                             (line   75)
* optimized out, in backtrace:           Backtrace.          (line  133)
* optional debugging messages:           Debugging Output.   (line    6)
* optional warnings:                     Messages/Warnings.  (line    6)
* OS ABI:                                ABI.                (line   11)
* OS information:                        OS Information.     (line    6)
* out-of-line single-stepping:           Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  156)
* outermost frame:                       Frames.             (line   12)
* output formats:                        Output Formats.     (line    6)
* output syntax of GDB/MI:               GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line    6)
* overlay area:                          How Overlays Work.  (line    6)
* overlay example program:               Overlay Sample Program.
                                                             (line    6)
* overlays:                              Overlays.           (line    6)
* overlays, setting breakpoints in:      Overlay Commands.   (line   91)
* overloaded functions, calling:         C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line   26)
* overloaded functions, overload resolution: Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line   59)
* overloading in C++:                    Debugging C Plus Plus.
                                                             (line   15)
* overloading, Ada:                      Overloading support for Ada.
                                                             (line    6)
* p packet:                              Packets.            (line  274)
* P packet:                              Packets.            (line  283)
* packet acknowledgment, for GDB remote: Packet Acknowledgment.
                                                             (line    6)
* packet size, remote protocol:          General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  906)
* packet size, remote, configuring:      Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  349)
* packets, notification:                 Notification Packets.
                                                             (line    6)
* packets, reporting on stdout:          Debugging Output.   (line  236)
* packets, tracepoint:                   Tracepoint Packets. (line    6)
* page size:                             Screen Size.        (line    6)
* page tables display (MS-DOS):          DJGPP Native.       (line   55)
* pagination:                            Screen Size.        (line    6)
* parameters in guile:                   Parameters In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* parameters in python:                  Parameters In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* partial symbol dump:                   Symbols.            (line  658)
* partial symbol tables, listing GDB's internal: Symbols.    (line  684)
* Pascal:                                Summary.            (line   35)
* Pascal objects, static members display: Print Settings.    (line  628)
* Pascal support in GDB, limitations:    Pascal.             (line    6)
* pass signals to inferior, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  471)
* patching binaries:                     Patching.           (line    6)
* patching object files:                 Files.              (line   29)
* pause current task (GNU Hurd):         Hurd Native.        (line   48)
* pause current thread (GNU Hurd):       Hurd Native.        (line   90)
* pauses in output:                      Screen Size.        (line    6)
* pending breakpoints:                   Set Breaks.         (line  353)
* physical address from linear address:  DJGPP Native.       (line   80)
* physname:                              Debugging Output.   (line   72)
* pipe, target remote to:                Connecting.         (line  234)
* pipes:                                 Starting.           (line   64)
* pointer values, in file-i/o protocol:  Pointer Values.     (line    6)
* pointer, finding referent:             Print Settings.     (line   80)
* port rights, GNU Hurd:                 Hurd Native.        (line   84)
* port sets, GNU Hurd:                   Hurd Native.        (line   84)
* PowerPC architecture:                  PowerPC.            (line    6)
* prefix for data files:                 Data Files.         (line    6)
* prefix for executable and shared library file names: Files.
                                                             (line  412)
* premature return from system calls:    Interrupted System Calls.
                                                             (line    6)
* preprocessor macro expansion, showing the results of: Macros.
                                                             (line   29)
* pretty print arrays:                   Print Settings.     (line  115)
* pretty print C++ virtual function tables: Print Settings.  (line  639)
* pretty-printer commands:               Pretty-Printer Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* print all frame argument values:       Print Settings.     (line  200)
* print an Objective-C object description: The Print Command with Objective-C.
                                                             (line   11)
* print array indexes:                   Print Settings.     (line  125)
* print binary values in groups of four bits: Print Settings.
                                                             (line  141)
* print frame argument values for scalars only: Print Settings.
                                                             (line  200)
* print list of auto-loaded canned sequences of commands scripts: Auto-loading sequences.
                                                             (line   21)
* print list of auto-loaded Guile scripts: Guile Auto-loading.
                                                             (line   23)
* print list of auto-loaded Python scripts: Python Auto-loading.
                                                             (line   23)
* print messages on inferior start and exit: Inferiors Connections and Programs.
                                                             (line  188)
* print messages on thread start and exit: Threads.          (line  279)
* print messages when symbols are loaded: Symbols.           (line  639)
* print settings:                        Print Settings.     (line    6)
* print structures in indented form:     Print Settings.     (line  475)
* print/don't print memory addresses:    Print Settings.     (line   13)
* printing byte arrays:                  Output Formats.     (line   62)
* printing data:                         Data.               (line    6)
* printing frame argument values:        Print Settings.     (line  200)
* printing frame information:            Print Settings.     (line  360)
* printing memory tag violation information: Print Settings. (line  453)
* printing nested structures:            Print Settings.     (line  408)
* printing strings:                      Output Formats.     (line   62)
* probe static tracepoint marker:        Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line   75)
* probing markers, static tracepoints:   Set Tracepoints.    (line   28)
* process detailed status information:   Process Information.
                                                             (line   89)
* process ID:                            Process Information.
                                                             (line   25)
* process info via /proc:                Process Information.
                                                             (line    6)
* process record and replay:             Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line    6)
* process status register:               Registers.          (line   31)
* processes, multiple:                   Forks.              (line    6)
* procfs API calls:                      Process Information.
                                                             (line  106)
* profiling GDB:                         Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  727)
* program counter register:              Registers.          (line   31)
* program entry point:                   Backtrace.          (line  155)
* programming in guile:                  Guile API.          (line    6)
* programming in python:                 Python API.         (line    6)
* progspaces in guile:                   Progspaces In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* progspaces in python:                  Progspaces In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* prologue-end:                          Symbols.            (line  794)
* prompt:                                Prompt.             (line    6)
* protocol basics, file-i/o:             Protocol Basics.    (line    6)
* protocol, GDB remote serial:           Overview.           (line   14)
* protocol-specific representation of datatypes, in file-i/o protocol: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes.
                                                             (line    6)
* python api:                            Python API.         (line    6)
* Python architectures:                  Architectures In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* Python auto-loading:                   Python Auto-loading.
                                                             (line    6)
* python commands:                       Python Commands.    (line    6)
* python commands, CLI:                  CLI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python commands, GDB/MI:               GDB/MI Commands In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python convenience functions:          Functions In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python directory:                      Python.             (line   10)
* python exceptions:                     Exception Handling. (line    6)
* python finish breakpoints:             Finish Breakpoints in Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python functions:                      Basic Python.       (line   31)
* python instruction disassembly:        Disassembly In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python module:                         Basic Python.       (line   31)
* python modules:                        Python modules.     (line    6)
* python notifications, GDB/MI:          GDB/MI Notifications In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python pagination:                     Basic Python.       (line    6)
* python parameters:                     Parameters In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python pretty printing api:            Pretty Printing API.
                                                             (line    6)
* python scripting:                      Python.             (line    6)
* python stdout:                         Basic Python.       (line    6)
* Python TUI Windows:                    TUI Windows In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python, handle missing debug information: Missing Debug Info In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* python, handle missing objfiles:       Missing Objfiles In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* Python, working with types:            Types In Python.    (line    6)
* python, working with values from inferior: Values From Inferior.
                                                             (line    6)
* q packet:                              Packets.            (line  293)
* Q packet:                              Packets.            (line  293)
* QAllow packet:                         General Query Packets.
                                                             (line   44)
* qAttached packet:                      General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1488)
* qC packet:                             General Query Packets.
                                                             (line   55)
* QCatchSyscalls packet:                 General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  439)
* qCRC packet:                           General Query Packets.
                                                             (line   65)
* QDisableRandomization packet:          General Query Packets.
                                                             (line   82)
* QEnvironmentHexEncoded packet:         General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  130)
* QEnvironmentReset packet:              General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  183)
* QEnvironmentUnset packet:              General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  159)
* qfThreadInfo packet:                   General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  224)
* qGetTIBAddr packet:                    General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  281)
* qGetTLSAddr packet:                    General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  257)
* qIsAddressTagged packet:               General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  332)
* qMemTags packet:                       General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  312)
* QMemTags packet:                       General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  350)
* QNonStop packet:                       General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  425)
* qOffsets packet:                       General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  388)
* qP packet:                             General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  415)
* QPassSignals packet:                   General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  471)
* QProgramSignals packet:                General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  492)
* qRcmd packet:                          General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  613)
* qSearch memory packet:                 General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  637)
* QSetWorkingDir packet:                 General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  205)
* QStartNoAckMode packet:                General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  648)
* QStartupWithShell packet:              General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  104)
* qsThreadInfo packet:                   General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  224)
* qSupported packet:                     General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  659)
* qSymbol packet:                        General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1154)
* qTBuffer packet:                       Tracepoint Packets. (line  380)
* QTBuffer size packet:                  Tracepoint Packets. (line  393)
* QTDisable packet:                      Tracepoint Packets. (line  202)
* QTDisconnected packet:                 Tracepoint Packets. (line  221)
* QTDP packet:                           Tracepoint Packets. (line   10)
* QTDPsrc packet:                        Tracepoint Packets. (line   86)
* QTDV packet:                           Tracepoint Packets. (line  117)
* QTEnable packet:                       Tracepoint Packets. (line  197)
* qTfP packet:                           Tracepoint Packets. (line  328)
* QTFrame packet:                        Tracepoint Packets. (line  129)
* qTfSTM packet:                         Tracepoint Packets. (line  345)
* qTfV packet:                           Tracepoint Packets. (line  336)
* QThreadEvents packet:                  General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  524)
* qThreadExtraInfo packet:               General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1197)
* QThreadOptions packet:                 General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  548)
* QTinit packet:                         Tracepoint Packets. (line  207)
* qTMinFTPILen packet:                   Tracepoint Packets. (line  167)
* QTNotes packet:                        Tracepoint Packets. (line  398)
* qTP packet:                            Tracepoint Packets. (line  300)
* QTro packet:                           Tracepoint Packets. (line  210)
* QTSave packet:                         Tracepoint Packets. (line  374)
* qTsP packet:                           Tracepoint Packets. (line  329)
* qTsSTM packet:                         Tracepoint Packets. (line  345)
* QTStart packet:                        Tracepoint Packets. (line  188)
* qTStatus packet:                       Tracepoint Packets. (line  227)
* qTSTMat packet:                        Tracepoint Packets. (line  368)
* QTStop packet:                         Tracepoint Packets. (line  194)
* qTsV packet:                           Tracepoint Packets. (line  337)
* qTV packet:                            Tracepoint Packets. (line  311)
* qualified thread ID:                   Threads.            (line   52)
* query attached, remote request:        General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1488)
* quotes in commands:                    Completion.         (line   94)
* quoting Ada internal identifiers:      Additions to Ada.   (line   86)
* quoting names:                         Symbols.            (line   14)
* qXfer packet:                          General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1234)
* r packet:                              Packets.            (line  297)
* R packet:                              Packets.            (line  302)
* range checking:                        Type Checking.      (line   45)
* range stepping:                        Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line  217)
* ranged breakpoint:                     PowerPC Embedded.   (line   33)
* ranges of breakpoints:                 Breakpoints.        (line   45)
* Ravenscar Profile:                     Ravenscar Profile.  (line    6)
* Ravenscar thread:                      Ravenscar Profile.  (line   26)
* raw printing:                          Output Formats.     (line   77)
* read special object, remote request:   General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1234)
* read, file-i/o system call:            read.               (line    6)
* read-only sections:                    Files.              (line  292)
* reading symbols from relocatable object files: Files.      (line  158)
* reading symbols immediately:           Files.              (line  103)
* readline:                              Editing.            (line    6)
* Readline application name:             Editing.            (line   29)
* receive rights, GNU Hurd:              Hurd Native.        (line   84)
* recent tracepoint number:              Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line  124)
* record aggregates (Ada):               Omissions from Ada. (line   46)
* record mode:                           Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line   19)
* record serial communications on file:  Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   64)
* recording a session script:            Bug Reporting.      (line   93)
* recording inferior's execution and replaying it: Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line    6)
* recordings in python:                  Recordings In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* redirection:                           Input/Output.       (line    6)
* reference card:                        Formatting Documentation.
                                                             (line    6)
* reference declarations:                C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line   50)
* register cache, flushing:              Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  544)
* register packet format, MIPS:          MIPS Register packet Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* registers:                             Registers.          (line    6)
* Registers In Python:                   Registers In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* regular expression:                    Set Breaks.         (line  201)
* reloading the overlay table:           Overlay Commands.   (line   52)
* relocatable object files, reading symbols from: Files.     (line  158)
* remote async notification debugging info: Debugging Output.
                                                             (line  208)
* remote connection commands:            Connecting.         (line  127)
* remote connection without stubs:       Server.             (line    6)
* remote debugging:                      Remote Debugging.   (line    6)
* remote debugging, connecting:          Connecting.         (line    6)
* remote debugging, detach and program exit: Connecting.     (line   19)
* remote debugging, symbol files:        Connecting.         (line   97)
* remote debugging, types of connections: Connecting.        (line    6)
* remote memory comparison:              Memory.             (line  159)
* remote packets, enabling and disabling: Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  159)
* remote packets, standard replies:      Standard Replies.   (line    6)
* remote programs, interrupting:         Connecting.         (line  246)
* remote protocol debugging:             Debugging Output.   (line  236)
* remote protocol, binary data:          Overview.           (line   63)
* remote protocol, field separator:      Overview.           (line   55)
* remote query requests:                 General Query Packets.
                                                             (line    6)
* remote serial debugging summary:       Debug Session.      (line    6)
* remote serial debugging, overview:     Remote Stub.        (line   14)
* remote serial protocol:                Overview.           (line   14)
* remote serial stub:                    Stub Contents.      (line    6)
* remote serial stub list:               Remote Stub.        (line   53)
* remote serial stub, initialization:    Stub Contents.      (line   10)
* remote serial stub, main routine:      Stub Contents.      (line   15)
* remote stub, example:                  Remote Stub.        (line    6)
* remote stub, support routines:         Bootstrapping.      (line    6)
* remote target:                         Target Commands.    (line   64)
* remote target, file transfer:          File Transfer.      (line    6)
* remote target, limit break- and watchpoints: Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   79)
* remote target, limit watchpoints length: Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   91)
* remote timeout:                        Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   72)
* remove actions from a tracepoint:      Tracepoint Actions. (line   21)
* remove duplicate history:              Command History.    (line   69)
* rename, file-i/o system call:          rename.             (line    6)
* Renesas:                               Remote Stub.        (line   62)
* repeated array elements:               Print Settings.     (line  394)
* repeating command sequences:           Command Syntax.     (line   41)
* repeating commands:                    Command Syntax.     (line   21)
* replay log events, remote reply:       Stop Reply Packets. (line   70)
* replay mode:                           Process Record and Replay.
                                                             (line   10)
* reporting bugs in GDB:                 GDB Bugs.           (line    6)
* reprint the last value:                Data.               (line  128)
* reprint the last value <1>:            Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line   77)
* reset environment, remote request:     General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  183)
* resolution of location spec:           Location Specifications.
                                                             (line   14)
* resources used by commands:            Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  807)
* response time, MIPS debugging:         MIPS.               (line   10)
* restart:                               Checkpoint/Restart. (line    6)
* restore data from a file:              Dump/Restore Files. (line    6)
* restrictions on Go expressions:        Go.                 (line   35)
* result records in GDB/MI:              GDB/MI Result Records.
                                                             (line    6)
* resume threads of multiple processes simultaneously: All-Stop Mode.
                                                             (line   68)
* resuming execution:                    Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line    6)
* returning from a function:             Returning.          (line    6)
* reverse execution:                     Reverse Execution.  (line    6)
* rewind program state:                  Checkpoint/Restart. (line    6)
* run to first instruction:              Starting.           (line  114)
* run to main procedure:                 Starting.           (line   81)
* run until specified location:          Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line  124)
* running:                               Starting.           (line    6)
* running programs backward:             Reverse Execution.  (line    6)
* s packet:                              Packets.            (line  309)
* S packet:                              Packets.            (line  318)
* S12Z support:                          S12Z.               (line    6)
* save breakpoints to a file for future sessions: Save Breakpoints.
                                                             (line    9)
* save command history:                  Command History.    (line   44)
* save GDB output to a file:             Logging Output.     (line    6)
* save tracepoints for future sessions:  save tracepoints.   (line    6)
* Scalable Matrix Extension:             AArch64.            (line   46)
* Scalable Matrix Extension 2:           AArch64.            (line  220)
* scheduler locking mode:                All-Stop Mode.      (line   37)
* scheduler-locking:                     All-Stop Mode.      (line   37)
* scope:                                 M2 Scope.           (line    6)
* screen size:                           Screen Size.        (line    6)
* scripting commands:                    Command Files.      (line    6)
* scripting with guile:                  Guile.              (line    6)
* scripting with python:                 Python.             (line    6)
* search for a thread:                   Threads.            (line  265)
* search order for disassembler in Python: Disassembly In Python.
                                                             (line  466)
* search path for libthread_db:          Threads.            (line  300)
* searching memory:                      Searching Memory.   (line    6)
* searching memory, in remote debugging: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  637)
* searching source files:                Search.             (line    6)
* section offsets, remote request:       General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  388)
* segment descriptor tables:             DJGPP Native.       (line   24)
* select Ctrl-C, BREAK or BREAK-g:       Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  108)
* select trace snapshot:                 tfind.              (line    6)
* selected frame:                        Stack.              (line   19)
* selecting guile pretty-printers:       Selecting Guile Pretty-Printers.
                                                             (line    6)
* selecting python pretty-printers:      Selecting Pretty-Printers.
                                                             (line    6)
* self tests:                            Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  624)
* self tests <1>:                        Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  630)
* self tests <2>:                        Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  634)
* semaphores on static probe points:     Static Probe Points.
                                                             (line   20)
* send command to remote monitor:        Connecting.         (line  279)
* send command to simulator:             Embedded Processors.
                                                             (line    9)
* send interrupt-sequence on start:      Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  121)
* send rights, GNU Hurd:                 Hurd Native.        (line   84)
* send the output of a gdb command to a shell command: Shell Commands.
                                                             (line   29)
* sending files to remote systems:       File Transfer.      (line    6)
* separate debug sections:               MiniDebugInfo.      (line    6)
* separate debugging information files:  Separate Debug Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* sequence-id, for GDB remote:           Overview.           (line   30)
* serial connections, debugging:         Debugging Output.   (line  236)
* serial line, target remote:            Connecting.         (line  136)
* serial protocol, GDB remote:           Overview.           (line   14)
* server prefix:                         Server Prefix.      (line    6)
* server, command prefix:                Command History.    (line   20)
* set ABI for MIPS:                      MIPS.               (line   32)
* set breakpoints in many functions:     Set Breaks.         (line  201)
* set breakpoints on all functions:      Set Breaks.         (line  228)
* set environment variable, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  130)
* set exec-file-mismatch:                Attach.             (line   34)
* set fast tracepoint:                   Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line   50)
* set inferior controlling terminal:     Input/Output.       (line   44)
* set static tracepoint:                 Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line   75)
* set tdesc filename:                    Retrieving Descriptions.
                                                             (line   18)
* set tracepoint:                        Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line    6)
* set working directory, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  205)
* setting variables:                     Assignment.         (line    6)
* setting watchpoints:                   Set Watchpoints.    (line    6)
* settings:                              Command Settings.   (line   39)
* SH:                                    Remote Stub.        (line   62)
* sh-stub.c:                             Remote Stub.        (line   62)
* shared libraries:                      Files.              (line  314)
* shared library events, remote reply:   Stop Reply Packets. (line   65)
* shell command, exit code:              Convenience Vars.   (line  192)
* shell command, exit signal:            Convenience Vars.   (line  192)
* shell escape:                          Shell Commands.     (line   10)
* show all convenience functions:        Convenience Funs.   (line  280)
* show all user variables and functions: Convenience Vars.   (line   37)
* show exec-file-mismatch:               Attach.             (line   44)
* show inferior's working directory:     Working Directory.  (line   27)
* show last commands:                    Command History.    (line  110)
* show screen characteristics:           Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  891)
* show tdesc filename:                   Retrieving Descriptions.
                                                             (line   25)
* signals:                               Signals.            (line    6)
* signals the inferior may see, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  492)
* SIGQUIT signal, dump core of GDB:      Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  213)
* SingleKey keymap name:                 TUI Single Key Mode.
                                                             (line   71)
* size of remote memory accesses:        Packets.            (line  243)
* size of remote memory accesses <1>:    Packets.            (line  532)
* size of screen:                        Screen Size.        (line    6)
* skipping over files via glob-style patterns: Skipping Over Functions and Files.
                                                             (line   55)
* skipping over functions and files:     Skipping Over Functions and Files.
                                                             (line    6)
* skipping over functions via regular expressions: Skipping Over Functions and Files.
                                                             (line   68)
* SME:                                   AArch64.            (line   46)
* SME2:                                  AArch64.            (line  220)
* snapshot of a process:                 Checkpoint/Restart. (line    6)
* software watchpoints:                  Set Watchpoints.    (line   31)
* source code, caching:                  Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  551)
* source code, disable access:           Disable Reading Source.
                                                             (line    6)
* source file and line of a symbol:      Print Settings.     (line   50)
* source line and its code address:      Machine Code.       (line    6)
* source location:                       Location Specifications.
                                                             (line    6)
* source path:                           Source Path.        (line    6)
* Sparc:                                 Remote Stub.        (line   65)
* sparc-stub.c:                          Remote Stub.        (line   65)
* Sparc64 support:                       Sparc64.            (line    6)
* sparcl-stub.c:                         Remote Stub.        (line   68)
* SparcLite:                             Remote Stub.        (line   68)
* Special Fortran commands:              Special Fortran Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* specifying location:                   Location Specifications.
                                                             (line    6)
* SSE registers (x86):                   Registers.          (line   76)
* stack frame:                           Frames.             (line    6)
* stack on Alpha:                        MIPS.               (line    6)
* stack on MIPS:                         MIPS.               (line    6)
* stack pointer register:                Registers.          (line   31)
* stacking targets:                      Active Targets.     (line    6)
* standard registers:                    Registers.          (line   31)
* standard responses for remote packets: Standard Replies.   (line    6)
* start a new independent interpreter:   Interpreters.       (line   57)
* start a new trace experiment:          Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments.
                                                             (line    6)
* starting:                              Starting.           (line    6)
* startup code, and backtrace:           Backtrace.          (line  155)
* startup with shell, remote request:    General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  104)
* stat, file-i/o system call:            stat/fstat.         (line    6)
* static members of C++ objects:         Print Settings.     (line  617)
* static members of Pascal objects:      Print Settings.     (line  628)
* static probe point, DTrace:            Static Probe Points.
                                                             (line    6)
* static probe point, SystemTap:         Static Probe Points.
                                                             (line    6)
* static tracepoints:                    Set Tracepoints.    (line   28)
* static tracepoints, in remote protocol: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1048)
* static tracepoints, setting:           Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line   75)
* status of trace data collection:       Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments.
                                                             (line   27)
* status output in GDB/MI:               GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line   94)
* stepping:                              Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line    6)
* stepping and signal handlers:          Signals.            (line  108)
* stepping into functions with no line info: Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line   92)
* stop a running trace experiment:       Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments.
                                                             (line   16)
* stop on C++ exceptions:                Set Catchpoints.    (line   16)
* stop reply packets:                    Stop Reply Packets. (line    6)
* stopped threads:                       Thread Stops.       (line    6)
* store memory tags:                     General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  350)
* stream records in GDB/MI:              GDB/MI Stream Records.
                                                             (line    6)
* string tracing, in remote protocol:    General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1065)
* struct gdb_reader_funcs:               Writing JIT Debug Info Readers.
                                                             (line   22)
* struct gdb_symbol_callbacks:           Writing JIT Debug Info Readers.
                                                             (line   43)
* struct gdb_unwind_callbacks:           Writing JIT Debug Info Readers.
                                                             (line   43)
* struct return convention:              x86.                (line    7)
* struct stat, in file-i/o protocol:     struct stat.        (line    6)
* struct timeval, in file-i/o protocol:  struct timeval.     (line    6)
* struct/union returned in registers:    x86.                (line    7)
* structure field name completion:       Completion.         (line  146)
* stub example, remote debugging:        Remote Stub.        (line    6)
* stupid questions:                      Messages/Warnings.  (line   49)
* styling:                               Output Styling.     (line    6)
* Super-H:                               Super-H.            (line    6)
* supported GDB/MI features, list:       GDB/MI Support Commands.
                                                             (line   54)
* supported packets, remote query:       General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  659)
* svg:                                   AArch64.            (line   88)
* svl:                                   AArch64.            (line   81)
* svq:                                   AArch64.            (line   85)
* switching threads:                     Threads.            (line    6)
* switching threads automatically:       All-Stop Mode.      (line   28)
* symbol cache size:                     Symbols.            (line  770)
* symbol cache, flushing:                Symbols.            (line  786)
* symbol cache, printing its contents:   Symbols.            (line  778)
* symbol cache, printing usage statistics: Symbols.          (line  782)
* symbol decoding style, C++:            Print Settings.     (line  587)
* symbol dump:                           Symbols.            (line  658)
* symbol file functions:                 Debugging Output.   (line  284)
* symbol files, remote debugging:        Connecting.         (line   97)
* symbol from address:                   Symbols.            (line  108)
* symbol lookup:                         Debugging Output.   (line  276)
* symbol lookup, remote request:         General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1154)
* symbol names:                          Symbols.            (line   14)
* symbol table:                          Files.              (line    6)
* symbol table creation:                 Debugging Output.   (line  290)
* symbol tables in guile:                Symbol Tables In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* symbol tables in python:               Symbol Tables In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* symbol tables, listing GDB's internal: Symbols.            (line  684)
* symbol, source file and line:          Print Settings.     (line   50)
* symbols in guile:                      Symbols In Guile.   (line    6)
* symbols in python:                     Symbols In Python.  (line    6)
* symbols, never read:                   Files.              (line  110)
* symbols, reading from relocatable object files: Files.     (line  158)
* symbols, reading immediately:          Files.              (line  103)
* Synopsys ARC:                          ARC.                (line    6)
* syscall DSO:                           Files.              (line  210)
* system calls and thread breakpoints:   Interrupted System Calls.
                                                             (line    6)
* system root, alternate:                Files.              (line  412)
* system, file-i/o system call:          system.             (line    6)
* system-wide configuration scripts:     System-wide Configuration Scripts.
                                                             (line    6)
* system-wide init file:                 System-wide configuration.
                                                             (line    6)
* t packet:                              Packets.            (line  328)
* T packet:                              Packets.            (line  333)
* T packet reply:                        Stop Reply Packets. (line   26)
* tail call frames, debugging:           Tail Call Frames.   (line    6)
* target architecture:                   Targets.            (line   17)
* target byte order:                     Byte Order.         (line    6)
* target character set:                  Character Sets.     (line    6)
* target debugging info:                 Debugging Output.   (line  298)
* target descriptions:                   Target Descriptions.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, AArch64 features: AArch64 Features.   (line    5)
* target descriptions, ARC Features:     ARC Features.       (line    6)
* target descriptions, ARM features:     ARM Features.       (line    5)
* target descriptions, enum types:       Enum Target Types.  (line    6)
* target descriptions, i386 features:    i386 Features.      (line    6)
* target descriptions, inclusion:        Target Description Format.
                                                             (line   53)
* target descriptions, LoongArch Features: LoongArch Features.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, M68K features:    M68K Features.      (line    6)
* target descriptions, MicroBlaze features: MicroBlaze Features.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, MIPS features:    MIPS Features.      (line    6)
* target descriptions, NDS32 features:   NDS32 Features.     (line    6)
* target descriptions, OpenRISC 1000 features: OpenRISC 1000 Features.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, PowerPC features: PowerPC Features.   (line    6)
* target descriptions, predefined types: Predefined Target Types.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, RISC-V Features:  RISC-V Features.    (line    6)
* target descriptions, RX Features:      RX Features.        (line    6)
* target descriptions, S/390 features:   S/390 and System z Features.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, sparc32 features: Sparc Features.     (line    6)
* target descriptions, sparc64 features: Sparc Features.     (line    6)
* target descriptions, standard features: Standard Target Features.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, System z features: S/390 and System z Features.
                                                             (line    6)
* target descriptions, TIC6x features:   TIC6x Features.     (line    6)
* target descriptions, TMS320C6x features: TIC6x Features.   (line    6)
* target descriptions, XML format:       Target Description Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* target memory comparison:              Memory.             (line  159)
* target output in GDB/MI:               GDB/MI Output Syntax.
                                                             (line  110)
* target stack description:              Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  597)
* target-assisted range stepping:        Continuing and Stepping.
                                                             (line  217)
* task attributes (GNU Hurd):            Hurd Native.        (line   48)
* task breakpoints, in Ada:              Ada Tasks.          (line  181)
* task exception port, GNU Hurd:         Hurd Native.        (line   67)
* task suspend count:                    Hurd Native.        (line   59)
* task switching with program using Ravenscar Profile: Ravenscar Profile.
                                                             (line   10)
* TCP port, target remote:               Connecting.         (line  173)
* temporarily change settings:           Command Settings.   (line   39)
* terminal:                              Input/Output.       (line    6)
* Text User Interface:                   TUI.                (line    6)
* thread attributes info, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1197)
* thread breakpoints:                    Thread-Specific Breakpoints.
                                                             (line   10)
* thread breakpoints and system calls:   Interrupted System Calls.
                                                             (line    6)
* thread clone events, remote reply:     Stop Reply Packets. (line  152)
* thread create event, remote reply:     Stop Reply Packets. (line  161)
* thread create/exit events, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  524)
* thread default settings, GNU Hurd:     Hurd Native.        (line  130)
* thread exit event, remote reply:       Stop Reply Packets. (line  190)
* thread ID lists:                       Threads.            (line   65)
* thread identifier (GDB):               Threads.            (line   47)
* thread identifier (system):            Threads.            (line   35)
* thread info (Solaris):                 Threads.            (line  174)
* thread information, remote request:    General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  415)
* thread list format:                    Thread List Format. (line    6)
* thread number, per inferior:           Threads.            (line   47)
* thread options, remote request:        General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  548)
* thread properties, GNU Hurd:           Hurd Native.        (line   90)
* thread suspend count, GNU Hurd:        Hurd Native.        (line  109)
* THREAD-ID, in remote protocol:         Packets.            (line   20)
* threads and watchpoints:               Set Watchpoints.    (line  182)
* threads in python:                     Threads In Python.  (line    6)
* threads of execution:                  Threads.            (line    6)
* threads, automatic switching:          All-Stop Mode.      (line   28)
* threads, continuing:                   Thread Stops.       (line    6)
* threads, stopped:                      Thread Stops.       (line    6)
* time of command execution:             Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  899)
* timeout for called functions:          Calling.            (line  138)
* timeout for called functions <1>:      Calling.            (line  151)
* timeout for called functions <2>:      Calling.            (line  160)
* timeout for called functions <3>:      Calling.            (line  175)
* timeout for commands:                  Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  989)
* timeout for serial communications:     Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line   72)
* timeout, for remote target connection: Remote Configuration.
                                                             (line  147)
* timestamping debugging info:           Debugging Output.   (line  306)
* trace experiment, status of:           Starting and Stopping Trace Experiments.
                                                             (line   27)
* trace file format:                     Trace File Format.  (line    6)
* trace files:                           Trace Files.        (line    6)
* trace state variable value, remote request: Tracepoint Packets.
                                                             (line  311)
* trace state variables:                 Trace State Variables.
                                                             (line    6)
* traceback:                             Backtrace.          (line    6)
* traceframe info format:                Traceframe Info Format.
                                                             (line    6)
* tracepoint actions:                    Tracepoint Actions. (line    6)
* tracepoint conditions:                 Tracepoint Conditions.
                                                             (line    6)
* tracepoint data, display:              tdump.              (line    6)
* tracepoint deletion:                   Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line  127)
* tracepoint number:                     Create and Delete Tracepoints.
                                                             (line  124)
* tracepoint packets:                    Tracepoint Packets. (line    6)
* tracepoint pass count:                 Tracepoint Passcounts.
                                                             (line    6)
* tracepoint restrictions:               Tracepoint Restrictions.
                                                             (line    6)
* tracepoint status, remote request:     Tracepoint Packets. (line  300)
* tracepoint variables:                  Tracepoint Variables.
                                                             (line    6)
* tracepoints:                           Tracepoints.        (line    6)
* tracepoints support in gdbserver:      Server.             (line  313)
* trailing underscore, in Fortran symbols: Fortran.          (line    9)
* translating between character sets:    Character Sets.     (line    6)
* TUI:                                   TUI.                (line    6)
* TUI commands:                          TUI Commands.       (line    6)
* TUI configuration variables:           TUI Configuration.  (line    6)
* TUI key bindings:                      TUI Keys.           (line    6)
* TUI mouse support:                     TUI Mouse Support.  (line    6)
* TUI single key mode:                   TUI Single Key Mode.
                                                             (line    6)
* type casting memory:                   Expressions.        (line   41)
* type chain of a data type:             Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  609)
* type checking:                         Checks.             (line   24)
* type conversions in C++:               C Plus Plus Expressions.
                                                             (line   26)
* type printer:                          Type Printing API.  (line    9)
* type printing API for Python:          Type Printing API.  (line    6)
* types in guile:                        Types In Guile.     (line    6)
* types in Python:                       Types In Python.    (line    6)
* UDP port, target remote:               Connecting.         (line  222)
* union field name completion:           Completion.         (line  146)
* unions in structures, printing:        Print Settings.     (line  527)
* Unix domain socket:                    Connecting.         (line  147)
* unknown address, locating:             Output Formats.     (line   36)
* unknown type:                          Symbols.            (line  384)
* unlink, file-i/o system call:          unlink.             (line    6)
* unlinked object files:                 Files.              (line   29)
* unload symbols from shared libraries:  Files.              (line  374)
* unmap an overlay:                      Overlay Commands.   (line   39)
* unmapped overlays:                     How Overlays Work.  (line    6)
* unset environment variable, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line  159)
* unset tdesc filename:                  Retrieving Descriptions.
                                                             (line   21)
* unsupported languages:                 Unsupported Languages.
                                                             (line    6)
* unsupported packets, empty response for: Standard Replies. (line   11)
* unwind stack in called functions:      Calling.            (line   36)
* unwind stack in called functions when timing out: Calling. (line   65)
* unwind stack in called functions with unhandled exceptions: Calling.
                                                             (line   53)
* unwinding frames in Python:            Unwinding Frames in Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* use only software watchpoints:         Set Watchpoints.    (line  111)
* user registers:                        Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  568)
* user-defined command:                  Define.             (line    6)
* user-defined macros:                   Macros.             (line   60)
* user-defined variables:                Convenience Vars.   (line    6)
* value history:                         Value History.      (line    6)
* values from inferior, in guile:        Values From Inferior In Guile.
                                                             (line    6)
* values from inferior, with Python:     Values From Inferior.
                                                             (line    6)
* variable name conflict:                Variables.          (line   36)
* variable object debugging info:        Debugging Output.   (line  314)
* variable objects in GDB/MI:            GDB/MI Variable Objects.
                                                             (line    9)
* variable values, wrong:                Variables.          (line  106)
* variables, readline:                   Readline Init File Syntax.
                                                             (line   34)
* variables, setting:                    Assignment.         (line   16)
* vAttach packet:                        Packets.            (line  345)
* vCont packet:                          Packets.            (line  361)
* vCont? packet:                         Packets.            (line  428)
* vCtrlC packet:                         Packets.            (line  436)
* vector unit:                           Vector Unit.        (line    6)
* vector, auxiliary:                     OS Information.     (line    9)
* verbose operation:                     Messages/Warnings.  (line    6)
* verify remote memory image:            Memory.             (line  159)
* verify target memory image:            Memory.             (line  159)
* vFile packet:                          Packets.            (line  448)
* vFlashDone packet:                     Packets.            (line  483)
* vFlashErase packet:                    Packets.            (line  452)
* vFlashWrite packet:                    Packets.            (line  465)
* vfork events, remote reply:            Stop Reply Packets. (line  116)
* vforkdone events, remote reply:        Stop Reply Packets. (line  128)
* vg:                                    AArch64.            (line   41)
* virtual functions (C++) display:       Print Settings.     (line  639)
* vKill packet:                          Packets.            (line  490)
* vl:                                    AArch64.            (line   35)
* vMustReplyEmpty packet:                Packets.            (line  500)
* volatile registers:                    Registers.          (line  106)
* vq:                                    AArch64.            (line   38)
* vRun packet:                           Packets.            (line  512)
* vStopped packet:                       Packets.            (line  525)
* VTBL display:                          Print Settings.     (line  639)
* watchdog timer:                        Maintenance Commands.
                                                             (line  989)
* watchpoints:                           Breakpoints.        (line   17)
* watchpoints and threads:               Set Watchpoints.    (line  182)
* wavefronts:                            AMD GPU.            (line   40)
* where to look for shared libraries:    Files.              (line  407)
* wild pointer, interpreting:            Print Settings.     (line   80)
* Wind River Linux system-wide configuration script: System-wide Configuration Scripts.
                                                             (line   22)
* word completion:                       Completion.         (line    6)
* working directory:                     Source Path.        (line   40)
* working directory (of your program):   Working Directory.  (line    6)
* working language:                      Languages.          (line   13)
* write data into object, remote request: General Query Packets.
                                                             (line 1456)
* write, file-i/o system call:           write.              (line    6)
* writing a frame filter:                Writing a Frame Filter.
                                                             (line    6)
* writing a Guile pretty-printer:        Writing a Guile Pretty-Printer.
                                                             (line    6)
* writing a pretty-printer:              Writing a Pretty-Printer.
                                                             (line    6)
* writing convenience functions:         Functions In Python.
                                                             (line    6)
* writing into corefiles:                Patching.           (line    6)
* writing into executables:              Patching.           (line    6)
* writing into executables <1>:          Compiling and Injecting Code.
                                                             (line    6)
* writing JIT debug info readers:        Writing JIT Debug Info Readers.
                                                             (line    6)
* writing xmethods in Python:            Writing an Xmethod. (line    6)
* wrong values:                          Variables.          (line  106)
* x command, default address:            Machine Code.       (line   35)
* x packet:                              Packets.            (line  528)
* X packet:                              Packets.            (line  548)
* Xilinx MicroBlaze:                     MicroBlaze.         (line    6)
* XInclude:                              Target Description Format.
                                                             (line   53)
* XMD, Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger:   MicroBlaze.         (line    6)
* xmethod API:                           Xmethod API.        (line    6)
* xmethods in Python:                    Xmethods In Python. (line    6)
* XML parser debugging:                  Debugging Output.   (line  321)
* yanking text:                          Readline Killing Commands.
                                                             (line    6)
* z packet:                              Packets.            (line  559)
* Z packets:                             Packets.            (line  559)
* z0 packet:                             Packets.            (line  574)
* Z0 packet:                             Packets.            (line  574)
* z1 packet:                             Packets.            (line  625)
* Z1 packet:                             Packets.            (line  625)
* z2 packet:                             Packets.            (line  642)
* Z2 packet:                             Packets.            (line  642)
* z3 packet:                             Packets.            (line  651)
* Z3 packet:                             Packets.            (line  651)
* z4 packet:                             Packets.            (line  660)
* Z4 packet:                             Packets.            (line  660)

